Descarcă acest fişier - Jvc.ro

MICRO COMPONENT SYSTEM
SISTEM MICROCOMPONENTE
UX-G68—Consists Alcătuit din CA-UXG68 of CA-UXG68 şi SP-UXG68 and SP-UXG68
SUPER VIDEO
MANUAL DE INSTRUCŢIUNI
INSTRUCTIONS
GVT0203-001A
[B]

IMPORTANT for the U.K.
Warnings, Cautions
Avertismente, Cautions 1. CLASS
and
1
atenţionări and LASER
Others
şi Others
PRODUCT
altele
IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS
DO NOT cut off the mains plug from this equipment. If the
2. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There are no user
plug fitted is not suitable for the power points in your home
serviceable parts inside the unit; leave all servicing to
IMPORTANT or the cable
IMPORTANT for is too the short
for U.K. to reach a power point, then obtain IMPORTANT IMPORTANT FOR FOR LASER LASER PRODUCTS PRODUCTS
an the U.K.
qualified service personnel.
IMPORTANT
appropriate
PENTRU
safety approved
MAREA BRITANIE
extension lead or consult 1. CLASS IMPORTANT
3. CAUTION: 1. CLASS 1 LASER PENTRU
1 Visible LASER PRODUCT PRODUSELE CU LASER
DO your NOT PRODUCT
DO dealer. cut NOT off cut the off mains the mains plug from plug this from equipment. this equipment. If the
and/or invisible class 1M laser radiation
If the 2. CAUTION: when 2. CAUTION: open. Do not Do Do not open not view the open directly top the cover. top with cover. There optical There are instruments. no are user
plug fitted NU întrerupeţi no user
plug is fitted not is suitable cablul de
not suitable for alimentare the for power al echipamentului
the power points points your de la
in home reţea. În
1. PRODUS CU LASER CLASA 1
BE SURE to replace the fuse only with an identical approved your home serviceable
4. REPRODUCTION serviceable parts inside parts OF inside the
LABEL:
unit; the leave unit; CAUTION leave all servicing all LABEL, servicing to
or the
cazul to
or cable
în care
the cable is too
conectorul
is short too to
din
short reach
dotare
to reach a
nu
power
este compatibil
a power point, point, then
cu sursele
obtain
de 2. ATENŢIE: nu deschideţi capacul superior. În interiorul aparatului PLACED nu
type, energie as originally din locuinţă fitted. iar cablul nu este suficient de lung, se then recomandă obtain qualified există
an appropriate safety approved extension lead or consult
INSIDE qualified service nicio piesă
THE service UNIT. personnel. care să poată fi reparată de utilizator; încredinţaţi
an appropriate personnel.
If nonetheless
să comandaţi
safety
un
the
cablu
approved
mains
prelungitor
extension
plug is
corespunzător
lead
cut off ensure
care
or consult
to
să
remove
respecte
the 3. CAUTION: toate reparaţiile
your dealer.
3. CAUTION: Visible personalului
Visible and/or and/or invisible calificat.
your dealer.
invisible class 1M class laser 1M radiation
regulile siguranţă sau să consultaţi dealerul autorizat.
laser radiation
fuse and dispose of the plug immediately, to avoid a possible when 3. ATENŢIE:
when open. open. Do la not deschiderea
Do view not directly aparatului
view directly with se optical emit radiaţii
with optical instruments. laser din clasa
BE SURE instruments.
shock ASIGURAŢI-VĂ BE SURE to replace
hazard to by replace că the
inadvertent înlocuiţi fuse the conectorul only fuse with
connection only cu an with unul identical
to an autorizat, identical approved
the mains acelaşi supply. approved tip 4. REPRODUCTION 1M vizibile şi/sau
4. REPRODUCTION OF invizibile. LABEL: Nu
OF LABEL: CAUTION priviţi direct în
CAUTION LABEL, interior cu
LABEL, PLACED ajutorul
type, cu as PLACED
type, cel originally original. as originally fitted. fitted.
instrumentelor optice.
If this product is not supplied fitted with a mains plug then INSIDE INSIDE THE UNIT. THE UNIT.
If nonetheless Dacă totuşi
If nonetheless cablul mains de alimentare
the mains plug is plug cut este
is off nefuncţional,
cut ensure off ensure to asiguraţi-vă remove to remove the că 4. MODEL DE ETICHETĂ: ETICHETĂ CU ELEMENTE DE
follow instructions given below:
the
fuse and siguranţa
fuse dispose este
and dispose of scoasă the of plug şi conectorul
the immediately, îndepărtat
plug immediately, to avoid imediat
to avoid a pentru possible a preveni ATENŢIONARE, APLICATĂ PE INTERIORUL APARATULUI
a possible
shock IMPORTANT:
electrocutările
shock hazard hazard by inadvertent accidentale cauzate
by inadvertent connection de conexiunea
connection to the to mains incorectă.
the mains supply. supply.
Dacă <strong>acest</strong> produs nu este dotat cu un cablu de alimentare, urmaţi
ATENŢIE
If this DO
instrucţiunile If product NOT this product make is
de
not any
mai is supplied not jos:
connection supplied fitted to with fitted the a with terminal mains a mains plug which then plug is then CAUTION LA DESCHIDEREA APARATULUI
follow marked follow the instructions with the the instructions letter given E or given below: by the below: safety earth symbol or • Do SE not EMIT block RADIAŢII the LASER ventilation DIN
coloured
IMPORTANT:
openings or holes.
green or green-and-yellow.
(If CLASA the ventilation 1M VIZIBILE ŞI/SAU
IMPORTANT:
openings or holes are blocked by a
NU IMPORTANT:
conectaţi nici o componentă la borna marcată cu litera E sau cu
INVIZIBILE. NU PRIVIŢI DIRECT
The wires in the mains lead on this product are coloured in newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get
DO NOT simbolul
DO make de împământare
NOT make any connection de siguranţă
any connection to the sau
to terminal ce poartă
the terminal which culorile
which is verde/
ÎN INTERIOR CU AJUTORUL
accordance with the following code:
is CAUTION
marked verde-galben.
CAUTION
marked with the with letter the E letter or by E the or by safety the safety earth earth symbol symbol or
out.) INSTRUMENTELOR OPTICE.
Blue: Neutral
or • Do • Do not • Do not block not place block the any ventilation the naked ventilation flame openings openings sources, or holes.
coloured Firele or holes.
coloured green conductorului
green or green-and-yellow.
or
de
green-and-yellow.
alimentare la reţea ale <strong>acest</strong>ui produs sunt
such as lighted
Brown: Live
(If the
candles, (If ventilation the ventilation the
openings
apparatus. openings or holes or holes are blocked are blocked by a
colorate conform următorului cod:
by a
The wires The wires in the
As these colours Albastru: in mains the mains lead
may not Nul on lead this on product this product are coloured are coloured in in
newspaper
correspond with the coloured • When newspaper discarding or cloth, or cloth, etc., batteries, the etc., heat environmental the may heat not may be not problems able be to able get must to get
accordance
markings accordance with
identifying Maro: the with following the Fază following code:
terminals code:
out.) ATENŢIE
in your plug proceed as be out.) considered and local rules or laws governing the
follows: Daca <strong>acest</strong>e Blue: culori Blue: nu Neutral corespund Neutral cu însemnele care individualizează • Do
disposal
not •
• Do
Nu place blocaţi
not of place any
these
suprafeţele naked any batteries naked flame sau orificiile
must flame sources, de
be sources,
ventilaţie.
followed
such as such strictly.
lighted as lighted
bornele Brown: conectorului Brown: Live dumneavoastră, Live acţionaţi după cum urmează: candles, (Dacă
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the • Do candles, not on spaţiile
expose the on apparatus. sau orificiile de ventilaţie sunt blocate de obiecte
the this apparatus.
to rain, moisture, dripping or
As these
terminal As these colours
which colours may not
is marked may correspond not with correspond with the
the letter N with coloured • When
precum
or coloured the coloured black. splashing • When discarding
ziare,
discarding and batteries,
textile etc.,
that no batteries, objects environmental
căldura nu va mai
filled environmental with problems
putea fi evacuată).
Firul colorat albastru trebuie conectat la borna marcată cu litera N sau
liquids, problems such must as must
markings de markings culoare identifying neagră. identifying the terminals the terminals your in plug your proceed plug proceed as be
as vases,
considered • Nu poziţionaţi
be considered shall
and pe
be placed
local sistem
and rules surse
local on the
or de
rules laws flacără
apparatus. or governing deschisă,
laws governing the precum
the
follows: The Firul wire de which culoare is maro coloured trebuie conectat brown must la borna be marcată connected cu litera to the L ori
follows:
disposal
lumânările
disposal of these
aprinse.
of these batteries batteries must be must followed be followed strictly. strictly.
terminal de culoare which roşie. is marked with the letter L or coloured red.
The wire The which wire which is coloured is coloured blue must blue be must connected be connected to the • Do not • Când
to the • Do expose aruncaţi
not expose this bateriile, apparatus luaţi
this apparatus to în considerare rain, to moisture, aspectul
rain, moisture, dripping ecologic
dripping or al
or
terminal IF
DACĂ
IN terminal DOUBT which AVEŢI
which is -
NELĂMURIRI marked CONSULT is marked with –
A the ADRESAŢI-VĂ
with COMPETENT letter the N letter or UNUI coloured N ELECTRICIAN.
ELECTRICIAN
or coloured black. splashing
acţiunii
black. Dear splashing Customer, and
dumneavoastră.
that and no that objects
Dispoziţiile
no objects filled with
locale
filled liquids,
şi legile
with liquids, such
privind
as
înlăturarea
such as
AUTORIZAT.
<strong>acest</strong>or baterii trebuie respectate cu stricteţe.
vases, vases, shall be shall placed be placed on the on apparatus.
The wire the apparatus.
ATENŢIE The which wire – which is coloured is coloured brown brown must be must connected be connected to the to the • Nu expuneţi sistemul ploaie, umezeală ori scurgeri lichide de altă
terminal CAUTION— tasta (Standby/on) (Standby/pornire)! button!
This apparatus is in conformance with the valid European
terminal which which is marked is marked with the with letter the L letter or coloured L or coloured red. red.
natură. Nu poziţionaţi pe sistem obiecte umplute cu lichide, precum
Disconnect Deconectaţi the aparatul mains de plug la reţea to pentru shut the a întrerupe power complet off completely alimentarea directives vazele. and standards regarding electromagnetic
IF (the IN cu DOUBT IF STANDBY energie IN DOUBT (lampa - CONSULT lamp - STANDBY CONSULT goes A off). COMPETENT se stinge). A When COMPETENT La installing instalarea ELECTRICIAN. the ELECTRICIAN.
aparatului, apparatus, cablul Dear compatibility Customer, Dear Customer, and electrical safety.
ensure trebuie that să fie the uşor plug accesibil. is easily În orice accessible. poziţie s-ar The afla, tasta (Standby/
CAUTION— on) pornire)
CAUTION— button in any nu (Standby/on) deconectează position (Standby/on) does button! aparatul not button! disconnect de la reţea. the mains line. This European apparatus Stimaţi clienţi,
This apparatus representative is in conformance is in conformance of Victor with Company the with valid the of European valid Japan, European Limited
Disconnect • When
• Când
Disconnect the sistemul
System mains este
the mains plug is
în
on
aşteptare, to standby, plug shut to the lampa
shut the power the STANDBY
STANDBY
power off completely (aşteptare)
off lamp completely lights
este de directives is: directives and standards standards regarding regarding electromagnetic electromagnetic
(the STANDBY culoare roşie.
red. (the STANDBY lamp goes lamp off). goes When off). When installing installing the apparatus, compatibility
<strong>acest</strong> aparat
the apparatus, JVC compatibility Technology and
respectă
electrical
directivele
and Centre electrical safety.
şi standardele europene în vigoare
Europe safety. GmbH
• La pornirea sistemului, lampa STANDBY (aşteptare) se stinge.
privind compatibilitatea electromagnetică şi siguranţa electrică.
ensure • When Alimentarea ensure that the the that System plug
poate the is
fi plug is controlată
easily turned is easily accessible.
cu on, ajutorul accessible. the STANDBY unei
The
telecomenzi. The lamp (Standby/ goes (Standby/ off. Postfach 10 05 52
on) The button on) power button in any can in position be any remote position does controlled. not does disconnect not disconnect the mains the mains line. European
line. 61145 Reprezentantul European Friedberg representative representative pentru Europa of Victor al of companiei Victor Company Company Victor of Japan, Company of Japan, Limited of Japan, Limited
• When ATENŢIE • When the System the System is on standby, is on standby, the STANDBY the STANDBY lamp lights is:
lamp lights Germany Limited is: este:
red. CAUTION
JVC JVC
red.
JVC Technology Technology Centre Centre Europe Europe GmbH
GmbH
• When To
Pentru
reduce
a reduce
the risk
riscul
of
electrocutării,
electrical shocks,
al incendiilor
fire, etc.:
etc.:
1. • When Nu the îndepărtaţi System the System şuruburile, turned is turned on, capacele the on, STANDBY sau the carcasa STANDBY lamp sistemului. goes lamp off. Postfach C.P.
goes off. Postfach
10 05 052
10 5205 52
The 1. power Do 2. not remove screws, covers or cabinet.
The Nu power expuneţi can be can sistemul remote be remote la controlled. ploaie 61145 61145
controlled. sau umezeală.
61145 Friedberg Friedberg
Friedberg
2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.
Germany Germania
Germany
CAUTION CAUTION
To reduce Caution: To reduce the risk Proper the of risk electrical Ventilation
of electrical shocks, shocks, fire, etc.: fire, etc.:
1. Do To 1. not avoid Do remove not risk remove screws, of electric screws, covers shock covers or and cabinet. or fire, cabinet. and to prevent damage, locate the apparatus as follows:
2. Do 1. 2. not Front: Do expose not No expose obstructions this appliance this appliance and to open rain to or spacing. rain moisture. or moisture.
2. Sides/ Top/ Back: No obstructions should be placed in the areas shown by the dimensions below.
Caution: 3. Atenţie: Bottom: Caution: Proper Ventilaţia Place Proper on Ventilation
corespunzătoare
the Ventilation
level surface. Maintain an adequate air path for ventilation by placing on a stand with a height of 10 cm
To avoid Pentru or To more. avoid risk a evita of risk electric riscul of electric de shock electrocutare shock and fire, and şi de and fire, incendiu, to and prevent poziţionaţi to prevent damage, sistemul damage, locate după locate cum the urmează: apparatus the apparatus as follows: as follows:
1. Front: 1.
1.
Partea
Front: No obstructions frontală:
No obstructions
în spaţiu and deschis, open and spacing. open
fără obstacole.
spacing.
2. Sides/ Front 2. Părţile
2. Sides/ Top/ view laterale/partea Back: Top/ Back: No obstructions superioară/partea
No obstructions should 15 posterioară:
should cm be placed nici
be placed in un the fel
in areas de obiecte
the areas shown nu ar
shown by trebui Side the plasate
by view dimensions la o distanţă
the dimensions below. mai mică de valorile
below. 15 cm indicate mai jos.
3. Bottom:
3. Partea
3. Bottom: Place
inferioară:
Place on 15 the
poziţionaţi
cm on level the surface.
aparatul
level 1 surface. cmMaintain pe o suprafaţă
Maintain an 1 cmadequate plană. Păstraţi
an adequate 15 air cm path
ventilaţia
air for path ventilation
corespunzătoare
for ventilation by placing
poziţionând
by placing on a
sistemul
stand on a stand with
pe un
a with height
suport cu
a height of
înălţimea
10 cm
de
minim 10 cm.
of 10 cm
or more.
more.
15 cm
Front Vedere 15 cm
Front view frontală view
15 cm
Side Vedere view Side view laterală
15 cm
15 cm
15 cm 1 cm
15 cm 1 cm
1 cm
1 cm 15 cm
15 cm
SP-UXG68
CA-UXG68
SP-UXG68
10 cm
15 cm
15 cm
CA-UXG68
G-1
10 cm
10 cm
SP-UXG68
SP-UXG68
CA-UXG68
CA-UXG68 SP-UXG68
SP-UXG68
CA-UXG68
CA-UXG68
G-1 G-1

Information Informaţii pentru for utilizatori Users on privind Disposal casarea of aparatelor Old equipment
[European Union]
[Uniunea Europeană]
Atenţie:
Attention:
Acest This simbol symbol este is recunoscut only valid
doar
in the
în Uniunea
European
Europeană.
Union.
This Produsele symbol marcate indicates cu <strong>acest</strong> that simbol the nu electrical trebuie îndepărtate and electronic la finalul equipment duratei lor should de viaţă împreună not be disposed cu deşeurile as menajere. general
household
Produsul trebuie
waste
predat
at
unui
its end-of-life.
punct de colectare
Instead,
a deşeurilor
the product
de echipamente
should be
electrice
handed
şi electronice
over to the
corespunzător,
applicable
pentru a fi prelucrat şi reciclat în concordanţă cu legislaţia naţională.
collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment for proper treatment, recovery
and Astfel recycling puteţi contribui in accordance la conservarea with resurselor your national naturale şi legislation. puteţi preveni posibilele efecte negative asupra mediului
înconjurător şi asupra sănătăţii oamenilor pe care le-ar cauza eliminarea incorectă a <strong>acest</strong>ui produs; vă rugăm să
By contactaţi, disposing în <strong>acest</strong> of this sens, product primăria căreia correctly, îi sunteţi you arondat, will help centrul to conserve de colectare natural a deşeurilor resources de care and aparţineţi will help ori
prevent magazinul potential de la care negative aţi achiziţionat effects <strong>acest</strong> on produs. the environment and human health which could otherwise be
caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product, please contact your local municipal office,
your Pentru household îndepărtarea waste incorectă disposal a deşeurilor service de această or the natură shop se where pot aplica you amenzi purchased în concordanţă the product. cu legislaţia
naţională.
Penalties
(Utilizatori –
may
persoane
be applicable
juridice)
for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national
legislation.
Dacă doriţi să îndepărtaţi la <strong>acest</strong> produs, vă rugăm să vizitaţi pagina noastră de web www.jvc-europe.com pentru a
obţine informaţii privind condiţiile în care aparatura uzată poate fi returnată.
(Business users)
If [Ţările you wish din afara to dispose Uniunii Europene] of this product, please visit our web page www.jvc-europe.com to obtain
information Dacă doriţi să about îndepărtaţi the <strong>acest</strong> take-back produs, of vă the rugăm product. să faceţi <strong>acest</strong> lucru în conformitate cu legislaţia naţională sau cu alte
reglementări din ţara dumneavoastră privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice.
[Other Countries outside the European Union]
If you wish to dispose of this product, please do so in accordance with applicable national legislation
or other rules in your country for the treatment of old electrical and electronic equipment.
G-2

Introducere
Discuri/Tipuri de fişiere redabile
DIGITAL VIDE O DIGITAL VIDE O
SUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE SUPER SUPER VIDEO VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL
DIGITAL
VIDE
VIDE O SUPER
SUPER VIDEO
VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE DIGITAL O VIDE O SUPER VIDEOSUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
COMPACT
COMPACT
COMPACT DIGITAL AUDI O
DIGITAL
DIGITAL
AUDI
AUDI COMPACT O
COMPACT DIGITAL
COMPACT
AUDI O
DIGITAL
DIGITAL AUDI
AUDI
DIGITAL COMPACT AUDI
COMPACT
O
DIGITAL O AUDI O
DIGITAL AUDI O
DIGITAL AUDI O
DIGITAL AUDI O
DIGITAL AUDI O
• CD-R/-RW(CD inscriptibil/reinscriptibil): înregistrate în
formate CD audio, CD video şi SVCD. Pot fi, de asemenea,
redate fişierele MP3, WMA, WAV, JPEG, MPEG-1, MPEG-2,
ASF şi DivX care au fost inscripţionate în conformitate cu
formatul “ISO 9660”.
• DVD-R/-RW, +R/+RW(DVD inscriptibil/reinscriptibil):
înregistrate în format video DVD. Pot fi, de asemenea, redate
fişiere în format MP3, WMA, WAV, JPEG, MPEG-1, MPEG-2,
ASF şi DivX inscripţionate în formatul UDF-Bridge.
• DVD-R/-RW (DVD inscriptibil/reinscriptibil): înregistrate în
format DVD Video Recording (VR).
• DVD-ROM: înregistrate în format MP3, WMA, WAV, JPEG,
MPEG-1, MPEG-2, ASF şi DivX.
• Dispozitiv USB de stocare în masă: fişiere MP3, WMA, WAV,
JPEG, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, ASF şi DivX.
În afară de tipurile de discuri/fişiere de mai sus, sistemul poate
reda informaţii audio înregistrate pe CD-Extra.
• Următoarele tipuri de discuri nu pot fi redate:
DVD-RAM, CD-I (CD-I Ready), CD-ROM, Photo CD, CD-G
(CD-Graphics) şi DVD/CD Text.
Redarea <strong>acest</strong>or discuri produce zgomot şi defectează
difuzoarele.
• În <strong>acest</strong> manual, termenii “fişier”şi “piesă” sunt utilizaţi cu
acelaşi sens atunci când se face referire la fişiere în format
MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/ DivX.
• Redarea discurilor +R/+RW (doar format DVD) cu sesiune
încheiată este posibilă. La introducerea unui disc +R/+RW, pe
panoul de comandă frontal se aprinde mesajul “DVD”.
Observaţie privind codul regional
DVD playerele şi DVD-urile au propriile lor coduri regionale.
Sistemul poate reda doar DVD-uri cu coduri regionale care includ
cifra „2”.
De exemplu:
Formate audio
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDI
Sistemul poate reda următoarele formate audio digitale.
• LPCM (Linear PCM) DIGITAL (Dolby Digital), DTS
(Digital Theater Systems), MLP (Meridian Lossless Packing)
La redarea unui DVD multi-canal, sistemul converteşte <strong>acest</strong>e
semnale multi-canal în 2 canale şi emite sunetele mixate prin
difuzoare.
O
COMPACT COMPACT
COMPACT
COMPACT
2 sec.
Remot e
ONLY
Main Uni t
ONLY
• Pentru a vă bucura de sunetul puternic al <strong>acest</strong>or DVDuri
multi-canal, conectaţi un decodor corespunzător sau un
amplificator cu decodor încorporat la borna OPTICAL DIGITAL
OUT din partea posterioară.
IMPORTANT: Înainte de a reda un disc, asiguraţi-vă că...
• Porniţi televizorul şi selectaţi o intrare adecvată pentru a
viziona imaginile sau afişajele de pe ecran.
• Pentru redarea discurilor, puteţi schimba setarea iniţială în
funcţie de preferinţe. Vezi capitolul „Funcţiile meniului de
setare” de la pagina 31.
Dacă la apăsarea unei taste pe ecranul televizorului apare
afişajul “ ”, nu acceptă operaţia pe care încercaţi
s-o efectuaţi.
Citirea manualului de utilizare
• Funcţiile tastelor şi ale comenzilor sunt explicate în tabelul de
mai jos.
• Unele sfaturi şi observaţii sunt explicate mai departe în
secţiunile “Mai multe informaţii despre <strong>acest</strong> sistem” şi
“Îndrumar de depanare,” însă nu în aceeaşi secţiune care
explică funcţiile ( INFO indică faptul că acel conţinut are
INFO
informaţii).
INFO
INFO INFO
INFO INFO INFO
INFO INFO
Tasta se apasă scurt.
2 sec.
sec.
sec.
2 2 sec.
sec.
2 sec. 2 sec. 2 sec.
2
2 sec.
sec.
Remot e
Remot e
Remot ONLYe
ONLY
ONLY Remot Remot e
e
Remot ONLY
Remot ONLY Remot
e
e
e
ONLY
ONLY
ONLY
Remot e
Remot e ONLY
ONLY
Main Uni t
Main Uni Uni t
Main ONLY Uni t
Main
ONLY
Main ONLY Uni Uni t
t
Main ONLY
ONLY Uni
Main
t
Uni
Main
t
Uni t
ONLY
ONLY
ONLY
Main Uni t
Main Uni t
ONLY
ONLY
Tasta se apasă scurt şi în mod repetat până când
opţiunea dorită este selectată.
Se apasă una dintre taste.
Tasta se menţine apăsată pentru a anumită
perioadă.
Butonul se deplasează în direcţia/direcţiile
specificată(e).
Această funcţie este posibilă doar prin
intermediul telecomenzii.
Această funcţie este posibilă doar dacă se
utilizează unitatea principală.
“DVD Logo” este marcă a DVD Format/Logo Licensing
Corporation înregistrată în S.U.A., Japonia şi alte ţări.
Măsuri de precauţie la redarea unui disc de tip DualDisc
Faţa non-DVD a unui „DualDisc” nu corespunde standardului
“Compact Disc Digital Audio”. Prin urmare, nu este recomandată
utilizarea feţei non-DVD a unui DualDisc cu <strong>acest</strong> aparat.

Precauţii
Instalare
• Instalaţi sistemul într-un loc ventilat corespunzător pentru a
evita încălzirea internă a aparatului.
NU instalaţi sistemul într-un loc aflat în apropierea
unor surse de căldură sau într-un loc care este expus
la lumina directă a soarelui, praf excesiv sau vibraţii.
• Instalaţi sistemul într-un loc neted, uscat şi care are o
temperatură medie —între 5°C şi 35°C.
• Între sistem şi televizor trebuie să existe o distanţă suficientă.
• Difuzoarele trebuie amplasate departe de televizor pentru a se
evita interferenţele cu <strong>acest</strong>a.
Sursele de alimentare
• Atunci când deconectaţi sistemul de la priza de perete, trageţi
întotdeauna ţinând de ştecăr, nu de cablul de alimentare CA.
NU manevraţi cablul de alimentare CA dacă aveţi
mâinile ude.
Condensul
Din cauza umidităţii, pe lentila din interiorul sistemului poate
apărea fenomenul de condens, în următoarele cazuri:
• după pornirea sistemului de încălzire
• într-o cameră cu umiditate
• în cazul în care sistemul este adus dintr-un spaţiu rece direct
într-unul cald.
În <strong>acest</strong>e cazuri, sistemul poate să nu funcţioneze corespunzător.
Prin urmare, lăsaţi sistemul pornit timp de câteva ore până când
umezeala se evaporă, deconectaţi cablul de alimentare CA, apoi
reintroduceţi-l în priză.
Încălzirea internă
• Asiguraţi-vă că există o ventilaţie bună în jurul unităţii. Ventilaţia
necorespunzătoare poate supraîncălzi sau deteriora unitatea.
NU blocaţi suprafeţele sau orificiile de ventilaţie. Dacă
<strong>acest</strong>ea sunt blocate de un ziar sau un material textil,
etc., căldura nu poate fi evacuată.
Altele
• În cazul în care un obiect metalic sau un lichid pătrunde în
sistem, scoateţi cablul de alimentare CA şi consultaţi dealerul
dumneavoastră înainte de orice altă operaţiune.
Cuprins
Conexiuni ......................................................................... 3
Indicatoarele afişajului.................................................... 6
Operaţii zilnice—Redarea ............................................... 7
Operaţii zilnice—Sunetul & alte reglaje........................11
Reglarea volumului.....................................................................11
Reglarea sunetului......................................................................11
Crearea unui câmp sonor tridimensional—3D Phonic................12
Utilizarea funcţiei Headphone Surround (Surround căşti)...........12
Presetarea nivelului de mărire a sunetului pentru Automatic
DVD Video..............................................................................12
Modificarea luminozităţii afişajului...............................................12
Reglarea nivelului intrării audio ..................................................13
Modificarea modului de scanare.................................................13
Modificarea culorii imaginii..........................................................13
Reglarea ceasului.......................................................................14
Oprirea automată a sistemului....................................................14
Funcţii avansate ale radioului....................................... 15
Funcţii unice pentru DVD/VCD...................................... 17
Selectarea piesei audio...............................................................17
Selectarea limbii de redare a subtitrării.......................................18
Selectarea unghiului de vizualizare.............................................18
Selectarea imaginilor statice navigabile......................................18
Redarea grupului bonus..............................................................18
Recepţionarea clară a conversaţiilor—Clear Voice ....................19
Redarea efectelor speciale.........................................................19
Funcţii avansate de redare............................................ 20
Programarea ordinii de redare — Program Play
(redarea programului).................................................................20
Redarea în ordine aleatorie-Random Play..................................21
Redarea repetată........................................................................22
Blocarea ejectării discului—Child Lock (blocarea împotriva
accesului copiilor)........................................................................22
Utilizarea barei de pe ecran........................................................23
Utilizarea fişierelor audio/video ................................... 27
Funcţiile cronometrului ................................................ 29
Funcţiile meniului de setare ......................................... 31
Informaţii suplimentare................................................. 33
Mai multe informaţii despre <strong>acest</strong> sistem....................................33
Îndrumar de depanare.................................................................36
Utilizarea televizoarelor JVC prin intermediul telecomenzii........38
Specificaţii...................................................................................39
Indexul pieselor.............................................................. 40
NU dezasamblaţi sistemul deoarece <strong>acest</strong>a nu este
dotat cu piese care pot fi reparate de utilizator.
• Scoateţi cablul de alimentare CA din priză dacă nu veţi utiliza
sistemul pentru o perioadă îndelungată.
Dacă apare o defecţiune, deconectaţi cablul de alimentare CA şi
consultaţi dealerul dumneavoastră.

Connections
Conexiuni INFO
Nu conectaţi cablul de alimentare CA până ce nu s-au
efectuat toate conexiunile.
Do not connect the AC power cord until all other
connections have been made.
• Conectaţi cablul AV direct la intrarea video a televizorului.
Conectarea cablului AV la televizor prin intermediul unui
• Connect dispozitiv AV VCR directly poate afecta to the vizionarea video input în timpul of your redării TV. unui
Connecting disc protejat contra AV to copierii. a TV via a VCR may interfere with your
viewing Conectarea when unui playing cablu AV back la un a sistem copy-protected TV/VCR integrat disc. poate
afecta de asemenea vizionarea.
Connecting AV to an integrated TV/VCR system may also
interfere with your viewing.
Panoul posterior
Rear panel
2 sec.
Accesorii furnizate
Asiguraţi-vă că deţineţi toate articolele următoare.
Supplied accessories
• Antenă FM (x1)
Check to be sure that you have all the following items.
• Antenă-cadru
• FM antenna
AM
(x1)
(x1)
• Telecomandă • AM loop antenna (x1) (x1)
• Baterii • Remote (x2) control (x1)
Dacă • Batteries unul dintre (x2) <strong>acest</strong>e articole lipseşte, contactaţi imediat
dealerul If any dumneavoastră.
item is missing, consult your dealer immediately.
Remot e
ONLY
~ Din From antena AM/FM AM/FMantenna
vezi pag. 4.
See page 4.
Main Uni t
ONLY
Ÿ From Din difuzoare the speakers
vezi
See
pag.
page
4.
4.
! Din From intrarea the input televizorului/monitorului
of TV/monitor
vezi See pag. page 5. 5.
From Din difuzorul the powered de bas alimentat subwoofer
vezi See pag. page 5. 5.
@ Din From intrarea the digital digitală input a componentei of digital
audio digitale
vezi
audio
pag.
component
5.
See page 5.
Panoul Front panel frontal
Trageţi Pull down în jos capacul the cover până until când you se hear aude a un clicking sunet specific. sound.
¤ Către To a wall o priză outlet de perete
Conectaţi Plug in the cablul AC de power alimentare cord only CA doar after
după efectuarea tuturor conexiunilor.
all connections are complete.
From the portable audio device
Din See dispozitivul page 5. audio portabil
vezi pag. 5.
From the USB mass storage class device
Memorie USB Din dispozitivul USB de stocare în masă
vezi
See
pag.
page
5.
5.
Din From căşti the headphones
vezi See pag. page 7. 7.
3

~ Antena AM/FM AM/FM antenna
Pentru To assemble montarea the antenei-cadru AM loop AM antenna
Ÿ Difuzoarele Speakers
•• La When conectarea connecting cablurilor the difuzoarelor, speaker cords, dispuneţi match corespunzător the polarity polarităţile of
bornelor difuzoarelor: culoarea roşie la (+) şi culoarea neagră la (–).
the speaker terminals: red color to (+) and black color to (–).
Pentru To connect conectarea AM/FM antenei antenna AM/FM
AM
Antenă-cadru
loop antenna
AM
(inclusă)
(supplied)
Eliberaţi Insert
Menţineţi Press and apăsat hold
Introduceţi Release
Difuzoare
Roşu Red
Din From difuzorul right din
dreapta speaker
ATENŢIE:
IMPEDANŢĂ CAUTION: DIFUZOR
6Ω - 16Ω
Negru Black
Din From difuzorul left
din stânga
speaker
Antenă FM antenna FM (furnizată) (supplied)
Extindeţi Extend antena it so that pentru you a putea can obtain obţine o the recepţie best
optimă.
reception.
Pentru For better o recepţie FM FM reception mai bună
• DO NOT connect more than one speaker to
• each NU conectaţi terminal. mai multe difuzoare la o bornă.
•• DO NU împingeţi NOT push sau trageţi or pull difuzoarele the speakers deoarece as this
distanţierele din partea inferioară a difuzoarelor se
will vor deteriora. damage the foot spacers at the bottom
of the speakers.
Antenă FM outdoor exterioară antenna FM
(nu (not este supplied) inclusă)
• Disconnect Deconectaţi antena the supplied FM inclusă FM şi conectaţi-o antenna, and la o antenă connect FM to exterioară an
cu ajutorul unui fir de 75 Ω cu conector coaxial (IEC sau DIN45325).
outdoor FM antenna using a 75 wire with coaxial type
connector (IEC or DIN45325).
4

! TV/monitor
TV/monitor
!
3
Televizor/monitor
TV/monitor
! TV/monitor
scart.
! TV/monitor
When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
Connect only component cord or scart cord at one time. La When conectarea connecting unui dispozitiv portable audio portabil device (AUX)
Conectaţi Connect separat only component fiecare cablu cord al componentelor or scart cord at sau one cablu time. When
Connect only component cord scart cord at one time.
When connecting Stereo connecting mini a plug portable a portable audio audio device device (AUX)
only cord scart cord at one time.
a a At the (AUX)
Connect only component cord or scart cord at one time.
front
When or at one Stereo connecting Mufă mini mini plug a portable stereo audio device La At panoul the (AUX)
Connect only component cord or scart cord at one time.
(not supplied)
front frontal
Red
Stereo
panel
Stereo (not mini (nu supplied) mini este plugfurnizată)
At the
Red
panel At front the front
Stereo When (not mini connecting
plug
a portable audio At At the the device front
Connect only component cord Red
(not supplied) mini supplied) plug
panel At (AUX)
Roşu or Red
panel the front
scart cord at one time. (not Red
panel
Red Blue
(not supplied)
Red
panel
Blue
Stereo mini plug
At the front
Blue Blue
(not supplied)
RedBlue
panel
Albastru
Blue
• By using QP Link (Quick Portable Link), you can easily
Green
By using QP Link (Quick Portable Link), you can easily
Component video cord
Green
Blue • By
start playing back a portable audio device on this unit. See
Component video cord
• • Utilizând start using By using playing QP QP Link QP back Link (Quick (Quick portable Portable Portable audio Link), device Link), puteţi you on reda you can this easily can cu unit. uşurinţă easily See
Green
(not supplied)
• By • By using QP QP Link you you can can Verde
(not supplied)
un
page
page dispozitiv
10 for
10 for audio
details.
Green Component video cord
start • By start playing using playing QP back Link
details. back a portable portabil (Quick a portable la Portable audio această audio device Link), unitate. device on you this Pentru on can this unit. mai easily
Component video cord
unit. See multe See
• To select Green progressive (not Cablu scanning Component video al componentelor cord
(nu start detalii, vezi back pagina a a 10. audio on on this this unit. See See
(not supplied) supplied) mode video (see cord page 13), use page • start If To select progressive (not este scanning furnizat)
mode (see page 13), use page If
page 10 an playing external for
10 • an
10 By for external
10 details. for back details. device a portable is not equipped audio device with on a stereo this unit. mini See plug
for using QP device Link (Quick not equipped Portable with Link), stereo you can mini easily plug
VIDEO OUT jacks. (not supplied)
• În audio cazul output, în care use un dispozitiv a plug adaptor extern to nu convert este dotat the cu stereo o ieşire mini
• To VIDEO select progressive OUT
• To Green jacks. scanning mode (see page 13), use • If
page
an audio external
10 for mode (see page 13), use • If an start pentru output, device
details.
• To select progressive scanning mode (see page 13), use • If an external
playing mini use device back mufe is plug not stereo, is equipped not
is not a portable adaptor equipped utilizaţi
with audio to with convert un with a
a device adaptor stereo a the stereo mini on pentru mini stereo mini plug
this a
plug unit. mini plug
• To See
Pentru a selecta modul Component
de scanare progresivă
(see video
(vezi
13), cord
pagina
use • If an plug to the corresponding is not plug of the audio a output.
VIDEO • To VIDEO select OUT progressive OUT jacks. jacks. scanning mode • This (see connection page 13), sends use 13), audio • If muta utilizaţi OUT mufele (not supplied)
plug audio an output, external mini
VIDEO OUT (Ieşire video).
audio page to output, the mufa use device
10 corresponding stereo a use plug a is plug la adaptor not mufa adaptor equipped
use for a plug details. plug corespunzătoare of convert with
the convert audio the a stereo
output. stereo the a ieşirii stereo mini mini audio. plug mini
VIDEO OUT jacks.
the
This
video
connection
signal
sends
plug audio use a to the the mini
• This
• To select progressive scanning the connection
• This mode video (see signal sends
plug to the output, to the corresponding use a plug plug adaptor plug of the to of convert audio the audio output. the output. stereo mini
• This connection
page sends 13),
sends
use plug to • the If an external device plug not of the equipped audio with a stereo mini plug
• (Composite, Y/C, or
La When to conectarea the connecting unui dispozitiv a USB mass of USB the storage de stocare class în device masă
the • This
VIDEO OUT jacks. (Composite, video the connection video signal signal sends
plug to the corresponding plug of the audio output.
Y/C, or When
the video audio connecting output, use a USB plug mass adaptor storage convert class the device stereo mini
(Composite, the
• the RGB)
Această and
conexiune receives audio
RGB) (Composite, video signal
and Y/C, receives Y/C, or trimite or audio
When When connecting semnalul • This video connection Y/C, (compus, or sends
plug
connecting a USB
to the corresponding
a USB mass mass storage
a USB mass plug
storage class
of the class audio
class device
output.
device
signal from TV. or To listen
USB Cablu cable USB
RGB) (Composite, a signal RGB) and from receives and receives Y/C,
TV. audio or
To listen audio
When connecting a USB mass storage class
USB cable
Y/C to and sau the and RGB) TV video sound, şi signal primeşte audio
see (nu (not este supplied) furnizat)
La At panoul
device
the front frontal
signal RGB) semnal
to signal the from and
from (Composite, audio
TV from TV. receives
sound, TV. To listen To audio
TV. de To la listen televizor.
see listen (not USB USB supplied) cable cable
At panel the front
to signal Y/C, USB When connecting a USB mass storage class device
to Pentru
the
page TV. To page TV
8.
the TV a 8.
asculta
sound,
see sunetul
see
(not supplied)
At the panel front
to the from TV TV. sound, To listen see
(not USB supplied) cable
At the front
(not At the front
to the RGB) TV and receives see audio
At the Scart cord (not supplied)
page emis
to
panel
page the 8. de
TV
televizor, 8. sound,
vezi
see
(not supplied)
At panel the front
panel
panel
Scart cord (not supplied) page pagina page 8. 8. signal 8. 8. from TV. To listen USB cable
to the TV sound, see
(not supplied)
At the front
• After connecting Scart
• You can connect a USB mass storage class device such as a
Scart cord a cord TV, (not select (not supplied) supplied) the proper video signal mode
You can connect USB mass storage class device
Scart cord (not panel such as Cablu After scart connecting (nu Scart este furnizat) cord TV, (not select supplied)
according to the connection method.
the proper page See
video
“Changing 8. signal
the
mode • You • USB flash memory device, hard disk drive, multimedia card
• La
USB You can <strong>acest</strong>
flash connect can sistem connect memory a puteţi USB a device, USB conecta mass mass storage un
hard storage dispozitiv
disk class drive, class device USB
multimedia device such stocare such as a în
card as a
• After • according After connecting connecting to the a TV, connection a TV, select select the method. proper the proper See video “Changing video signal signal mode the mode • You • can can a USB a mass class such as as a a
• After • După
Scanning conectarea
Mode” a TV, a unui TV, on televizor,
page the 13. the selectaţi video
modul de transmisie
mode
USB • You masă, reader, cum etc. ar to fi this un dispozitiv System. USB See pages cu memorie 9 andflash, 33 for un details. hard
Scanning Mode” Scart page cord 13. (not supplied)
a USB • disk, reader, USB flash can
If flash you un flash memory connect press cititor etc. memory a
to this device, USB USB de carduri System. device, mass hard MEMORY hard multimedia, See hard storage disk pages disk drive, class disk disk 3, the etc. drive, and multimedia device
System Pentru multimedia such
33 for details. card as detalii, detects card vezi card a
according • After according connecting to the to connection the a connection TV, select method. the method. proper See See “Changing video “Changing signal the mode the
semnalului to to the the video adecvat, în funcţie See de See metoda de conectare. the the
reader, USB the
paginile If reader, flash
you etc. press USB MEMORY 3, the System detects the
USB • etc. You etc. mass
9 etc. to memory
şi this 33. to this System. device, System. See hard See pages disk pages 9 drive, and 9 and 33 multimedia for 33 details. for details. card
Scanning according Scanning Mode” to Mode” the connection page page 13. 13. method. See “Changing the
to can to this this connect a USB See See mass storage 9 9 and and33 class 33 for for device such as a
Vezi • After To capitolul connecting “Schimbarea page the a 13. TV, 13. powered modului select de the scanare” proper subwoofer video la pagina signal 13. mode • If
storage class device and the control screen
• reader, you • Dacă USB If you press apăsaţi etc.
mass press USB to
storage this USB MEMORY System. MEMORY See
class device 3, (Memorie pages the 3, and System the 9 the System USB), control detects 33 sistemul for detects details.
Scanning Mode” page 13.
screen the the
• If • If you you press USB USB flash memory device, 3, 3, the hard the disk drive, multimedia the the card
according To connect to the connection powered method. subwoofer See “Changing the USB • If detectează appears on the TV screen. See page 27 for details.
appears USB you mass press mass storage on
dispozitivul USB
the storage TV class MEMORY
screen. class USB device device See and stocare 3, the
page and System în
27 control the masă
for control details.
şi detects screen meniul screen the de
To USB mass reader, etc. class this System. and See the pages 9 and 33 for details.
4 and To To Pentru
To connect connect the Scanning conectarea
the powered powered Mode” the page difuzorului
subwoofer
SUBWOOFER
• You cannot connect a computer to USB MEMORY
13.
SUBWOOFER de
OUT
bas
appears USB comandă
From the powered
You
appears mass on the apare
• If on cannot
on storage TV
you on the the press TV connect
the
pe screen. TV
ecranul class screen. device See televizorului.
TV USB MEMORY computer
See page and page 27 the for Pentru
See See page 27 to 3, 27
the
27 control details.
for the for
USB
for
mai System MEMORY
details. screen multe
To connect the powered subwoofer
OUT
From the powered
terminal of the System.
detects the
SUBWOOFER
alimentat
subwoofer
• You
appears detalii, vezi
terminal cannot
on
connect
the pagina TV 27.
• You • USB mass of the storage System. a
screen. See
to
page
the USB
27 for
MEMORY
details.
SUBWOOFER
OUT
• • Nu You puteţi cannot conecta connect un computer a computer
subwoofer
a a class to device
la borna to the
to the the USB and
de USB the
intrare MEMORY
control
a memoriei
From the powered
OUT
From screen
From the To the
(not
the connect supplied)
powered
the powered OUT SUBWOOFER
subwoofer terminal •
Preparing
You USB
(not supplied)
OUT
terminal cannot of aparatului. the of connect System. the Preparing appears of of the the on System.
the remote
a computer
remote TV screen.
control
to the USB MEMORY
OUT
From subwoofer the powered subwoofer
terminal of the System. control See page 27 for details.
De (not la difuzorul (not supplied) subwoofer supplied) de bas
SUBWOOFER
• You cannot the remote connect a computer controlto the USB MEMORY
The (not OUT
alimentat subwoofer (not From (nu the este connected powered furnizat) can reproduce the bass sounds
Pregătirea
Preparing
the terminal telecomenzii
the remote (not supplied)
Preparing the
of the remote
System.
control
The
recorded ieşire
subwoofer
difuzor in front de
connected
subwoofer left bas and right
can reproduce
channels, but
the bass
cannot
sounds
The recorded The subwoofer subwoofer in front connected connected
The The reproduce the (not LFE supplied)
left
signals
and can right can reproduce channels, reproduce the but bass the cannot bass sounds sounds
recorded The can can in DVD multi-channel the the bass discs. Preparing the remote control
reproduce recorded subwoofer in front in the front left connected
LFE and left signals and right can right in channels, reproduce
DVD channels, multi-channel but the cannot but bass cannot sounds
discs.
reproduce recorded Difuzorul • Before in in front de plugging bas left conectat left and the and right unit poate to the reproduce main but supply, but sunete de make bas sure that
înregistrate reproduce
the
Before the in front
plugging LFE the LFE signals left
The powered the subwoofer the LFE prin canalele subwoofer
the signals and
unit in right connected din in DVD is stânga
to DVD in channels,
the DVD main multi-channel but cannot
turned can şi reproduce off. din
supply,
dreapta,
make discs. discs.
the însă bass nu
sure
sounds poate
that
• Before reproduce
• • reproduce
• the Before powered plugging the
recorded semnalele
plugging LFE
subwoofer the signals unit the to the front the unit unit
LFE
unit
left to ale is the in
to the and the
discurilor
to DVD
turned main the main supply, multi-channel
off. make sure that
main right channels, DVD
supply,
multi-canal.
make discs. sure that
the • Before powered subwoofer is turned off. make but sure cannot sure that that
the the • Înainte
the powered plugging reproduce de conectarea
subwoofer the unit to the LFE is unităţii
is the turned main
signals is la off. in sursa
off. supply, make sure that
off. DVD de multi-channel alimentare, asiguraţivă
discs.
@ the powered Digital subwoofer audio component
is turned off.
•
că
Before Digital difuzorul
plugging audio de bas
the
alimentat component
unit to
este
the main
deconectat.
supply, make sure that
@ 5 Digital Componenta Digital audio audio the powered subwoofer audio component
is digitală turned off.
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
@ Digital audio component
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
Protective cap
• Dispose of batteries in the proper manner, according to
Protective cap
Dispose of
@ Digital audio component
federal, state, batteries
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
and local
in the
regulations.
proper manner, according to
Protective cap
• Dispose federal, of batteries
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
Protective cap
state, and in local the proper regulations. manner, according to
Capac de protecţie cap cap
• • •
federal, Îndepărtaţi Dispose of
of state, of bateriile batteries
and in in
într-o in
the the manieră the proper cât manner, mai adecvată according în to
Protective cap
• Dispose to to
conformitate federal, of state, batteries
cu DO dispoziţiile and local state, and and DO local R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
NOT local in regulations. the
recharge, regulations.
federale,
proper manner,
short, naţionale
according
disassemble, şi locale.
to
heat
federal, state, and NOT local regulations.
the battery
recharge,
or dispose
short,
of it
disassemble,
in a fire.
heat
Protective cap
• Dispose DO of the DO NOT batteries battery NOT recharge, in recharge, or the dispose short, proper short, of disassemble, manner, it in disassemble, fire. according heat heat to
DO NOT heat
federal, NU the DO
state, reîncărcaţi, DO battery the NOT and battery or local recharge, scurtcircuitaţi, dispose or regulations. dispose short, of it dezasamblaţi of in disassemble, it a in fire. a fire. sau
heat
• Set “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” in the “AUDIO” menu When using încălziţi the the the remote or or control of of it it in in a fire. a fire.
Set “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” in the “AUDIO” menu When using
the
the
battery bateria şi
remote
or nu
control
dispose o aruncaţi of it în in foc. a fire.
correctly according to the connected digital audio
Point the top of the DO remote NOT control recharge, toward short, the disassemble, remote sensor heat
• Set • Setaţi correctly “DIGITAL “DIGITAL în mod according corect AUDIO AUDIO “DIGITAL to OUTPUT” the OUTPUT” connected AUDIO in OUTPUT” the in digital “AUDIO” the “AUDIO” (Ieşire audio audio menu menu
When Point When using the using top the of remote the the remote control control
toward the remote sensor
• Set • Set equipment (see page 32). If the setting the the is incorrect, menu
loud
as directly the the as possible. the battery If you or operate dispose it of from it in a a diagonal fire.
correctly • Set digitală) equipment correctly “DIGITAL according according meniul AUDIO
(see page to “AUDIO” the to 32). connected OUTPUT” the în If connected funcţie the setting digital de instalaţia the digital is audio “AUDIO”
incorrect, audio
digitală menu Point When
loud as Point the using
directly top the of top the
as possible. of remote the remote If control
you control operate toward toward it the from remote the remote diagonal sensor sensor
to to the the audio
Point Când the the top top of of the the the the conectată noise may (vezi be generated pagina 32). causing Dacă setarea damage este to incorectă, the speakers. position, utilizaţi the telecomanda: operating range (approx. 5 m) may be
este
shorter.
equipment correctly
noise equipment may (see according
be (see page generated page 32). to the 32). If causing the connected If setting the damage setting is digital incorrect, is to incorrect, audio
the speakers. loud loud
as Point
îndreptaţi directly position, as directly the
vârful as top
the possible. as of
operating telecomenzii possible. the remote If you range If control
înspre you operate (approx. operate toward
senzorul it from it de m) from the
telecomandă a may diagonal remote a diagonal sensor
be shorter.
posibil • Set să (see “DIGITAL (see page genereze 32). 32). AUDIO zgomote If If the the OUTPUT” puternice is is care the pot deteriora “AUDIO” loud
menu
as as When as as using the If remote If you you control it it from a a noise equipment noise may may be (see generated be page generated 32). causing If causing the damage setting damage to is the incorrect, to speakers. the speakers. loud position, cât as position, directly mai direct the operating as the posibil. possible. operating Dacă range If utilizaţi range you (approx. operate telecomanda (approx. 5 it m) from 5 may m) dintr-o a may be diagonal shorter. poziţie be shorter.
noise difuzoarele. may correctly be be according to the connected to to the digital the audio
diagonală, Point the the distanţa top of de the utilizare remote (aprox. control 5 m) 5 m) toward m) trebuie may be să the be noise may be generated causing damage to the speakers. position, the operating range (approx. 5 m) may fie be remote mai shorter. mică. sensor
equipment (see page 32). If the setting is incorrect, loud as directly as possible. If you operate it from a diagonal
noise may be generated causing damage to the speakers. position, the operating range (approx. 5 m) may be shorter.
5
5
5
5
5

The indications on the display tell you a lot of things while you are operating the System.
Before The The indications operating on the on the System, the display be tell familiar tell you you a lot with a lot of when things of things and while while how you the you are indicator are operating illuminates the the System.
on the display.
The
Before Indicatoarele Before
indications
operating afişajului
on
the
the
the System, vă
display arată multe be
tell
be familiar
you
lucruri a lot
with în
of
timp with
things
when ce when utilizaţi and
while
and how sistemul.
you
how the
are
the indicator
operating illuminates
the System.
on on the the display.
Before Înainte operating de a utiliza the sistemul, System, trebuie be familiar să ştiţi când with şi when cum luminează and how the indicatorul indicator pe illuminates afişaj. on the display.
The indications on the display tell you a lot of things while you are operating the System.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Before operating the System, be familiar with when and how the indicator illuminates on the display.
Display Indicators
Display Indicators
Indicatoarele Display Indicators afişajului
11 22 3344
556 67 78
8
QPLink S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR.
QPLink QPLink 1B.S.P.
S V CS D2 V
BONUS
VC D
MP3 V D
PRGM
MP3
3WMA
RND
43DPHONIC
1 TA
L-BANDIII
NEWS 5L-BANDIII INFO 6AM AM FM7 1FM
2 38
QPLink S.TURBO S.TURBO S VAHB C D AHB VPRO
D MP3 PRO USB WMA USB MIC3DPHONIC
V.MASK V.MASK C.VOICE L-BANDIII C.VOICE PGAM PL PGFM
PL ST MONO REC ST MONO
S.TURBO PRGR. PRGR.
AHB.S.P.
PROBONUS
USBPRGM
MICPRGM
V.MASK RND RND1
C.VOICE TA1
NEWS TA PG NEWS PLINFO
STSLEEP
MONO 1 2 31 2 3
A.STBY REC
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1REC
PRGM
2 3
SLEEP REC SLEEP
QPLink S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM SLEEP A.STBY FM A.STBY
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL A.STBY
REC
MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC REC REC
w ert y
RECSLEEP
A.STBY
9 p q
u i o ;
99p pq
qw we
ert rt yy
uu iio o ;;
rt 1 QP Link (Quick Portable Link) indicator
w B.S.P. (Browsable Still Picture) indicator
Indicatorul QP Link (Quick Portable Link)
13 Indicatorul AHB PRO
1 • QP 1Lights QP Link Link
se aprinde
when (Quick (Quick
atunci
QP Portable Link când
is
QP
activated. Link) Link) 9indicator
p q w ert wy
este activat.
•
• B.S.P. wLights B.S.P. u(Browsable se aprinde
when atunci
Browsable iStill Still o Picture)
când este
Still ;
activată
Pictures indicator
funcţia
are
Active
detected
Hyper
while
1
2
QP Indicatorii
Disc • Lights •
Link
Lights format when
(Quick
care
when indicators
arată
QP
Portable
QP Link
formatul
Link is
Link)
activated. is
discului
indicator
w B.S.P.
• playing Bass Lights • Lights
(Browsable
Pro. when a DVD when Browsable Audio Still Picture)
disc. Still Still Pictures
indicator
are are detected while while
2
• Disc 2
Lights
SVCD: Disc format
when
format
se lights aprinde
indicators
QP
when Link
când playing
is activated.
este redat back un an SVCD. SVCD.
14 e
•
Indicatorul AHB
Lights
playing playing PRO
when
BONUS a DVD indicator a
Browsable
DVD Audio Audio disc.
Still
disc.
Pictures are detected while
2 Disc 1 QP Link (Quick Portable Link) indicator
w B.S.P. (Browsable Still Picture) indicator
• SVCD: SVCD:
format
se lights
indicators
aprinde lights when când when playing este playing redat back back un a an VCD.
SVCD. an SVCD.
e• • AHB e
playing
Lights se AHB aprinde PRO when PRO
a DVD
indicator atunci Active Audio
când Hyper
disc.
este detectat Bass Pro un is disc activated. DVD audio care
• • Lights when QP Link is activated.
se aprinde când este redat un are
• Lights
un grup
when
bonus.
Browsable Still Pictures are detected while
•
SVCD: VCD: VCD: lights lights
lights
lights when when
when
when playing
playing
playing back back
back
back a CD. a
an
VCD. a
SVCD.
VCD.
e
r
AHB
BONUS • Lights Lights
PRO
when indicator
indicator
when Active Active Hyper Hyper Bass Bass Pro Pro is activated. is • 2 Disc format indicators
15 se aprinde când este redat un Indicatorul
playing
USB
a DVD Audio disc.
•
VCD:
DVD: CD: CD: lights
lights lights when
when when playing
playing playing back
back back a
a CD. a
VCD.
DVD. CD.
r
• BONUS r
Lights
Lights when
when indicator
Active
a DVD
Hyper
Audio
Bass
disc
Pro
with
is
a
activated.
bonus group is
3
• • SVCD: lights when playing back an SVCD.
Indicatorii Audio file care format arată indicators formatul fişierului audio
• ese AHB aprinde PRO atunci indicator
•
CD:
DVD: DVD:
lights
lights lights
when
when when
playing
playing playing
back
back
a
back
CD.
a DVD.
DVD.
r BONUS
• detected. Lights Lights when
indicator
when a DVD a când DVD Audio „USB Audio MEMORY” disc disc with with a (Memorie bonus a bonus group USB) group is is
• VCD: lights when playing back a VCD.
MP3: se lights aprinde when când an MP3 este detectată track is detected. o piesă în format MP3.
este • Lights selectat when ca sursă. Active Hyper Bass Pro is activated.
3
•
Audio 3
DVD:
Audio file
lights
file format
when
format indicators
playing back a DVD.
t
•
USB
Lights
detected.
indicator
when a DVD Audio disc with a bonus group is
3 Audio • CD: lights when playing back a CD.
16 se aprinde când este detectată o piesă în format WMA.
Indicatorii r BONUS modului indicator de redare
• WMA: MP3: MP3:
file
lights format
lights when when
indicators
an a MP3 an WMA MP3 track track is is detected. is t• USB t
detected.
Lights USB indicator when “USB MEMORY” is selected as the source.
Indicatorul 3D PHONIC
• PRGM: se aprinde atunci când este activată funcţia Program
4
• • DVD: lights when playing back a DVD.
• Lights when a DVD Audio disc with a bonus group is
3D •
MP3:
WMA: PHONIC WMA:
lights
lights lights
when
indicator when when
an
a
MP3
WMA a WMA
track
track track
is detected.
is detected. is t
y
USB
Playback •
Play
Lights Lights
indicator
(Redarea
when mode when “USB
programului).
indicators “USB MEMORY” is selected is as the as the source. source.
3 Lights se
Audio
aprinde
file
when atunci
format
3D Phonic când
indicators
funcţia is activated. 3D Phonic este activată.
detected.
4
•
3D 4
WMA:
3D PHONIC lights
indicator
when a WMA track is detected.
y
•
• Playback y
Lights
PRGM: RND: when
se lights mode
aprinde
mode
“USB
when indicators
atunci MEMORY”
Program când este Play
is selected
activată is activated.
as the source.
4 3D funcţia Random
se • MP3: aprinde lights atunci when
HP Surround când an funcţia MP3
is HP track Surround is detected. este activată. t USB indicator
• Lights PHONIC
Lights when when
indicator
3D 3D Phonic Phonic is activated. is y Playback • RND: Play PRGM: (Redare lights
mode
lights lights when
indicators
aleatorie). when when Random Program Play Play is Play is activated. is 5
• C.VOICE Indicatorul • WMA: lights
(Clear VOICE when
Voice) (Voce a
indicator clară) WMA track is detected.
• Lights when “USB MEMORY” is selected as the source.
•
Lights
Lights Lights
when
when when
3D
HP HP
Phonic
Surround is activated.
is activated. is • •
PRGM:
RND: RND: (repeat)1: (repetare)1: lights
lights
lights when
when
when Random
Program Play
Play
Play is
is
activated. is
activated.
4 5Lights se 3D aprinde PHONIC
when atunci indicator
(Clear când Voice) funcţia is activated. Clear Voice (voce clară) este y Playback mode indicators
5
•
C.VOICE
Lights when
(Clear
HP
Voice)
Surround
indicator
is activated.
•
•
RND:
––
(repeat)1:
lights
: lights when One Track/Chapter/Step Repeat is
activată.
1
se aprinde
when
atunci
Random
când
Play
este
is
activată
activated.
funcţia One
5
6
C.VOICE • Lights when 3D Phonic is activated.
• PRGM:
PG/PL Lights indicators when Clear Voice is activated. – Track/Chapter/Step lights when Indicatorii PG/PL
1 : lights when Repeat Program
One (Repetarea Play is activated.
• Lights when
(Clear
Clear
Voice)
Voice
indicator
is activated.
•
–
(repeat)1:
1 : lights when One Track/Chapter/Step unei piese/ Repeat Repeat is is
• Lights when HP Surround is activated.
• RND: 6PG: PG/PL lights when a DVD-VR formatted disc is called up.
capitolului/ lights : lights when
pasului). when Random Play is activated.
6
•
PG/PL
Lights
indicators
when Clear Voice is activated.
–
activated. 1 : lights when
One
One
Group/Title/All
Track/Chapter/Step
Tracks
Repeat
Repeat
is
is
6 PG/PL 5PG: C.VOICE se aprinde (Clear atunci Voice) când este indicator selectat un disc formatat
PL: DVD-VR.
PG: lights when Play a List recorded on a DVD-VR disc is called up.
• (repeat)1:
• PG: lights
indicators
when a DVD-VR formatted disc called up. –
activated.
activated.
:
:
lights
se
: lights
aprinde
when when
atunci
One One Group/Title/All
când este activată
Tracks
funcţia
Tracks Repeat
One
Repeat is is
• • Lights Clear Voice is activated.
– Group/Title/All formatted PL: se aprinde lights disc when atunci is called a când Play up. este List selectată o on listă a de redare u Radio Data 1 : lights Tracks when One Repeat Track/Chapter/Step (Repetarea unui grup/unui
is
•
PG:
PL:
lights
lights
when
when a
DVD-VR
Play List recorded
formatted
on
disc
a DVD-VR
is called up. –
activated.
: lights
System
when One
indicators
Group/Title/All Tracks Repeat is
7
• 6
Radio
PL: PG/PL indicators
titlu/tuturor activated. pieselor).
formatted înregistrată lights
band
when
disc indicators pe disc un a
called disc
Play called formatat
List
up. up.
recorded
DVD-VR.
on a DVD-VR
17 u• uTA/NEWS/INFO—Program Radio Data System type (PTY) indicators:
• PG: lights when a DVD-VR formatted disc is called up.
Indicatorii Radio
activated.
Data
–
Radio System
: lights
Data
when
System indicators
One
(Sistem
Group/Title/All
de date radio)
Tracks Repeat is
7Indicatorii • Radio 7
formatted
AM: Radio band lights frecvenţei band
disc
indicators when is called
radio tuning
up.
in to an AM station.
u Radio • – TA/NEWS/INFO—Program • Lights Data
to
System
indicate
indicators
(informaţii the currently rutiere/ştiri/informaţii)—Indicatorii
type type selected (PTY) (PTY) indicators: program type
7 Radio FM: • PL: AM: se
lights
aprinde
when
lights when atunci
a Play tuning când
List este
recorded in to recepţionat
on
FM an AM station. un
a
post
DVD-VR
AM.
activated.
• AM:
band
lights
indicators
when tuning to an AM station.
• TA/NEWS/INFO—Program
tipului – for Lights – Lights PTY de to program Standby indicate to (PTY): Reception. the the currently type
selected
(PTY) indicators:
program type type
8
• FM formatted
• reception FM: se aprinde disc
lights indicators when atunci is called
tuning când este up.
in to recepţionat an FM station. un post AM. u Radio Data System indicators
•
AM:
FM:
lights
lights
when
when
tuning
tuning
in to
to
an
an
AM
FM station.
station.
– – Lights
Flashes for se for PTY aprind to
PTY when Standby
indicate pentru a program a the
Reception. indica currently
is tipul automatically de selected program program selectat tuned in
type pentru with
Indicatorii 7 Radio 8ST FM (stereo): de band recepţionare indicators
lights while a frecvenţei an FM stereo FM
• TA/NEWS/INFO—Program type (PTY) indicators:
8
•
FM
FM:
reception
lights when
indicators
tuning in to an FM station.
station with
–
for
PTY Flashes funcţia PTY
Flashes Standby when
Standby de when recepţie Reception. a program
Reception.
a în aşteptare is automatically is a tipului de tuned program. tuned in with in with
8 FM sufficient • AM: ST lights signal se when aprinde tuning
lights strength while atunci in
is tuned an când to an
FM in. este AM
stereo recepţionat station.
station with un post – Lights to indicate the currently selected program type
• ST
reception
(stereo):
indicators
lights while an FM stereo station with i A.STBY
–– Flashes
PTY luminează PTY Standby (Auto
when intermitent
Standby)
a
Reception.
program atunci
indicator
is automatically când un program tuned este in with
• FM • FM: lights cu un when semnal tuning destul in de to an puternic. FM station.
for PTY Standby Reception.
ST recepţionat automat cu funcţia de recepţie în aşteptare a
MONO: sufficient
(stereo): lights signal
lights
signal while strength
while receiving
an
is
FM
tuned is tuned an
stereo
in. FM in.
stereo station
with
in i• A.STBY iLights PTY Standby
when (Auto is activated.
8MONO: FM reception se aprinde indicators atunci când post FM stereo este
– tipului
(Auto
Flashes de program.
Standby)
Reception.
indicator
when a program is automatically tuned in with
•
sufficient
monaural. MONO:
recepţionat lights
signal
în
lights
mono.
while
strength
while receiving is tuned
an
in.
FM an FM stereo stereo station station in in
i A.STBY
18 Flashes • Lights when disc Auto playback stops is with Auto Standby
• ST (stereo): lights while an FM stereo station with A. • Lights Indicatorul when
(Auto
PTY Standby STBY Auto
Standby)
(Auto Standby
indicator
Reception. Standby is activated. – aşteptare automată)
9
• Indicatorul S.TURBO
MONO:
monaural.
lights
S.TURBO (Sound
while
Turbo)
receiving
(Sound indicator
an FM stereo station in •
Turbo)
activated. • Flashes when disc stops with Auto sufficient signal strength is tuned in.
•
Lights
i
se Flashes
when
A.STBY
aprinde when
Auto
atunci disc
Standby
(Auto
când playback
is
Standby)
funcţia
indicator
Auto stops
activated.
Standby with Auto este Standby activată.
9 • S.TURBO 9
monaural.
Lights se aprinde when (Sound atunci (Sound când Turbo) Turbo) funcţia indicator II is Sound activated. Turbo II este activată. o
•
SLEEP
Flashes indicator
• MONO: lights while receiving an FM stereo station in
luminează activated.
when disc playback stops with Auto Standby
• Lights when
intermitent
Auto
atunci
Standby
când
is
redarea
activated.
discului se
9
p
S.TURBO
10 Indicatorul PRGR. • Lights Lights (Progressive) when
(Sound
PRGR when Sound (Progresiv) Sound
Turbo)
Turbo indicator Turbo
indicator
II is II activated. is o• SLEEP o
activated.
Lights opreşte SLEEP indicator when la activarea the Sleep funcţiei Timer Auto is Standby. activated.
• monaural.
• Flashes when disc playback stops with Auto Standby
p PRGR. p
Lights
Lights se PRGR.
when
aprinde (Progressive) when Sound
atunci the când progressive
Turbo
este indicator
II is
selectat scanning
activated.
modul de mode scanare is progresivă. selected.
o19 ; Indicatorul SLEEP
Daily • Lights Lights Timer
indicator
when SLEEP when indicators the the Sleep Sleep Timer Timer is activated. is p 9 S.TURBO (Sound Turbo) indicator
activated.
q
PRGR.
11 Afişajul Main • Lights Lights display
(Progressive)
principal when when the the progressive indicator
scanning mode mode is selected. is ; • Daily ;
Lights se Daily aprinde : lights Timer
when
Timer atunci when indicators
the Sleep
Daily când funcţia Timer
Timer Sleep is
is
on
activated.
standby Timer este or is activată. being set;
• • Lights when Sound Turbo II is activated.
o SLEEP q Main q
Lights
While în Main timp display
when
listening ce display ascultaţi
the
to
progressive
radio: la band pe
scanning
afişaj (or preset apar
mode
banda number)
is
(sau
selected.
and
; 20 Indicatorii Daily
• flashes :
Timer
lights : Daily while lights when
indicators Timer is when working. Daily (Cronometru Daily Timer Timer is zilnic) on is standby on or is or being is being set; set;
q Main p
station numărul PRGR. While
display
frequency presetat) (Progressive) şi appear. to frecvenţa indicator
radio: band postului.
• Lights the Sleep Timer is activated.
• While listening to radio: band (or (or preset preset number) and and
• 1/2/3: flashes :: flashes se lights aprinde lights while
when
while when atunci is
Daily
working. is a Daily când Timer funcţia Timer
is on Daily (1,
standby
2, Timer or 3)
or este is
is
on
being în standby
set;
• While
While la • selectarea Lights when
station
listening
selecting funcţiei to the progressive
“AUX”:
radio: „AUX”: appear.
band
“AUX” apare (or scanning
appears. mesajul preset number) „AUX”. mode is and selected. ; flashes aşteptare Daily Timer indicators
station frequency appear.
• or 1/2/3: is 1/2/3: working; lights
while sau
lights when
is este
flashes when
working. în
a Daily
curs
a while Daily
de
Timer
setare;
being Timer (1,
luminează
set. (1, 2, or 2, 3) or is 3)
intermitent
on is on standby
q station la Main selectarea display
While frequency funcţiei “TV
appear.
„TV SOUND”: SOUND”: “AUX” “TV apare SOUND” mesajul „TV
• : lights when is on standby or is being set;
appears.
• 1/2/3: în timp
or is
lights ce funcţionează.
• While selecting “AUX”: “AUX” appears.
when
flashes
a Daily
while
Timer
being
(1, 2, or
set.
3) is on standby
• SOUND” • While (Sunet listening televizor). to radio: band (or preset number) and flashes while is working.
While While
selecting
playing a
“AUX”:
disc “TV or file:
“AUX” current
appears.
•
“TV status appears.
or 1/2/3:
or is working;
is working; se aprinde
flashes
flashes atunci
while
while când funcţia
being
being set. Daily
set.
Timer (1, 2 sau 3)
• While selecting “TV SOUND”: “TV SOUND” appears.
• While la redarea station frequency unui disc sau appear. a unui fişier: este afişată starea
este
• 1/2/3:
în aşteptare
lights when
sau funcţionează;
a Daily Timer
luminează
(1, 2, or
intermitent
3) is on standby
în
• While
curentă.
While
selecting
playing playing a
“TV
disc a disc
SOUND”:
or file: or file: current current
“TV
status
SOUND”
status appears.
appears.
timp ce funcţia este setată.
• While • While playing selecting a disc “AUX”: or file: “AUX” current status appears. appears.
or is working; flashes while being set.
12 Indicatorul • While B.S.P.(Browsable selecting “TV SOUND”: Still Picture “TV - Imagine SOUND” statică appears.
navigabilă)
• While playing a disc or file: current status appears.
• se aprinde atunci când sunt detectate imagini statice
navigabile în timpul redării unui disc DVD audio.
REC
6 6
6

Daily Operations—Playback
7
Remote control
Number
Telecomandă
Remote buttonscontrol
RETURN
ENTER/SET
Number
TOP MENU/PG Taste numerice
buttons
RETURN
ENTER/SET
TOP MENU/PG 8
1,¡
RETURN (revenire)
ENTER/SET (introducere/
setare)
TOP MENU/PG (meniul/
pagina de sus)
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
2
QP LINK
2
SHIFT 8
1,¡
QP LINK
SHIFT
SHIFT (comutare)
DVD/CD
TV VOL
AUDIO VOL
DVD/CD
TV VOL
AUDIO VOL
USB
MEMORY
USB
MEMORY
Daily Operaţii Operations—Playback
zilnice—Redarea
1
1
MENU/PL
, , ,
GROUP/TITLE
7
MENU/PL
GROUP/TITLE , , SKIP ,
4,¢
FM/PLAY MODE
GROUP/TITLE
37
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
4,¢
FM/PLAY MODE (modul
FM/PLAY MODE
MENU/PL (meniu/listă
de redare)
GROUP/TITLE (grup/titlu)
GROUP/TITLE SKIP (trecere
la grupul/titlul următor)
FM/redare)
3
AUX/
TV SOUND
AUX/
TV SOUND
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM F
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL S
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM F
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL S
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO
In this manual, operations using the remote control are
mainly explained; however, you can use the buttons
and controls on the main unit if they have the same (or
similar) În <strong>acest</strong> name manual and de marks. utilizare, sunt explicate în special
funcţiile care se realizează cu ajutorul telecomenzii; totuşi,
puteţi In this utiliza manual, şi tastele operations şi comenzile using aflate the remote pe unitatea control are
1principală mainly
Turn
explained; dacă on <strong>acest</strong>ea the
however,
power. au aceleaşi you nume can use sau the marcaje buttons (sau
unele and controls similare). on the main unit if they have the same (or
The STANDBY lamp on the main unit turns off.
similar) name and marks.
• Without pressing AUDIO, the System turns on
1 Porniţi by pressing aparatul. one of the source buttons.
1Indicatorul • The Turn System luminos on turns the STANDBY power. on and activates al unităţii principale the AUX se source stinge.
• by Fără a apăsa tasta [img] AUDIO, sistemul porneşte prin
The
starting
apăsarea STANDBY
playback
uneia dintre lamp
on
tastele on
an
the
external
sursă. main unit
device
turns
when
off.
QP
Link
• • Sistemul Without
is activated.
porneşte pressing
(See page
şi activează AUDIO,
10 for
sursa the
details.)
AUX System prin începerea turns on
2 Select redării by pressing the de pe source. un one dispozitiv of the source extern atunci buttons. când QP Link
• este The activat. System (Pentru turns on mai and multe activates detalii, vezi the AUX pagina source 10.)
Playback automatically starts if the selected source is
2 Selectaţi by starting sursa.
ready.
playback on an external device when QP
Redarea
• If
Link
you
începe
press
is activated.
AUX,
automat
start
(See dacă
playback
page sursa 10 selectată for
on the
details.) este
external
pregătită.
Dacă apăsaţi tasta AUX, redarea începe pe componenta
2 component. Select externă. the source.
3 Reglaţi Adjust Playback nivelul the automatically volume. volumului. starts if the selected source is
Utilizaţi ready. sursa dorită aşa cum se explică mai
4
departe. Operate • If you press the AUX, target start source playback as on explained
the external
later. component.
Pentru
3 Adjust
a opri unitatea
the volume.
To turn off (standby)(a the intra unit în modul de aşteptare)
4 Operate the target source as explained
The Indicatorul STANDBY luminos lamp STANDBY on the de main culoare unit roşie
later. lights al unităţii in red. principale luminează.
• • A Chiar small şi amount când sistemul of power se află is always în aşteptare se
consumă o cantitate redusă de energie.
To turn off (standby) consumed even the unit while on standby.
The STANDBY lamp on the main unit
You Puteţi can reduce consumul power
lights
consumption
in red.
de energie apăsând by pressing tasta DIMMER
(while (atenuator holding al intensităţii SHIFT)
• A small luminoase) to turn
amount
the (în display
of timp power ce off ţineţi is
while
always apăsată on tasta
standby. SHIFT (comutare)) pentru consumed a opri even afişajul while atunci on când standby. sistemul se
află în aşteptare.
•
•
When
Atunci
the
când
display
afişajul
is
este
turned
oprit,
off,
funcţia
QP Link
QP Link
does
nu
not
funcţionează.
work.
You can reduce power consumption by pressing DIMMER
Pentru ascultare individuală
For (while
Conectaţi private holding
o pereche listening SHIFT) to turn the display off while on
de căşti la borna PHONES a unităţii
Connect standby.
principale. a pair Sunetul of headphones nu va mai fi emis to the prin PHONES difuzoare. jack on the
main • Reduceţi When unit. the volumul The display sound înainte is will turned să no conectaţi off, longer QP come Link sau să out does utilizaţi of not the work.
speakers. căştile. Be sure to turn down the volume before
• Deconectarea căştilor va reactiva difuzoarele.
connecting
For private
or
listening
putting on the headphones.
• Disconnecting
Connect a pair
the
of headphones
headphones
to
will
the
activate
PHONES
the
jack on the
speakers NU opriţi (introduceţi în modul de aşteptare) sistemul dacă volumul
main unit.
again.
este The setat la sound nivel will foarte no ridicat; longer în caz come contrar, out atunci of când the
speakers. porniţi Be sistemul sure to sau turn începeţi down redarea, the sunetul volume puternic before vă poate
connecting
afecta
or
auzul,
putting
vă poate
on
deteriora
the headphones.
difuzoarele şi/sau căştile.
• Disconnecting DO NOT the turn headphones off (standby) will the activate System the with
speakers the again. volume set to an extremely high level;
otherwise, the sudden blast of sound may
damage your hearing, speakers and/or
headphones
DO NOT turn
when
off
you
(standby)
turn on
the
the
System
System
with
or
start
the
playback.
volume set to an extremely high level;
otherwise, the sudden blast of sound may
damage your hearing, speakers and/or
headphones when you turn on the System or
start playback.
7

3 Select a preset number for the station you sto
Listening to the Radio INFO
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY
To select the band (FM or AM)
3 Select a preset number
Examples:
for the station you sto
Funcţionarea a preset number for the station you store.
Listening to the aparatului
Listening
Radio INFO radio
to the Radio INFO 3 Selectaţi 3un Select număr a de presetare 1
number 2 pentru for 3
postul the To station pe select care you preset îl
store. number 5
Listening to to the Radio
INFO
memoraţi.
3D DIMMER PHONIC C.VOICE SLEEP CLOCK/TIMER
A.STANDBY
Remote control:
Main unit:
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY
Exemple:
5. Examples:
To select the band (FM or AM)
DIMMER
SLEEP
Examples:
A.STANDBY
Examples:
41
25
63
To select the (FM or AM)
To select preset number 10 5
Pentru a To selecta select banda the de band frecvenţă (FM or or (FM AM) sau AM)
1 2 11
3 22
Pentru To 33
3D ZOOM PHONIC C.VOICE ANGLE select a selecta CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN To preset MODE
select numărul number preset de 5, press
Remote control:
Main unit:
3D PHONIC C.VOICE CLOCK/TIMER presetare
Telecomanda: Remote control:
Unitatea Main unit: principală:
5. 5, apăsaţi 5. 10. 5.
number 5, 5, press
3D 3D PHONIC
C.VOICE
CLOCK/TIMER
Remote control:
Main unit:
74
85
5. 5. 96
FM/AM 4 5 44
6 55
Pentru 66
To select a selecta preset numărul To select
number de
preset number 15 10
RETURN ZOOM ANGLE CANCEL SCAN To VFP
MODE select preset
10. 10, number press
10, press
ZOOM ANGLE
ZOOM
SCAN MODE
ANGLE SCAN SCAN MODE MODE
10 7presetare 10. 08
10, 10. 10 9apăsaţi 10. 10, 1, then 5.
FM/AM 7 8 77
9 88
Pentru 99
a selecta numărul To select
de
preset number 30 15
RETURN CANCEL VFP
FM/AM
FM/AM
To select preset To select number preset 15, press
RETURN CANCEL VFP presetare 15, apăsaţi
10, number 3, 1, apoi then 5. 0. 5.
15, press
RETURN
CANCEL VFP VFP
10 0
10 0 10 10 100
0
Pentru 10, 1,
a selecta
then 10, 5. 1, 1, then
numărul To select
5. 5.
de preset number 30
To tune in to a station
• You presetare To can select also 30, preset To
use select
apăsaţi the number preset
¡ 10, 30, or 3, number apoi 1 then press 0. button. 0.
30, press
While FM or AM is selected...
10, 3, then 10, 0. 3, 3, then 0. 0.
To tune in to a station
Pentru To tune a To recepţiona in to tune a station in Remote in o to to frecvenţă a station control: radio
• You can also use the
While FM or AM is selected... Main unit:
You can also use 4
¡ or 1 button.
• Puteţi utiliza •• You de can asemenea Store the also ¡ use the tasta
or the station.
1 ¡ button. sau or or 1 . button.
În 2 sec.
While timp ce FM banda While or AM FM is sau or or selected...
AM este is is selected... selectată...
ENTER/SET
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL
Remote control: 2 sec. Main unit:
4 Store the station.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO
Telecomanda: Remote control: Remote control: Unitatea Main unit: principală:
Main unit: 24 sec. Memoraţi Store the 4 postul. Store station.
the station.
ENTER/SET
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL
DOWN
ENTER/SET
UP
2 sec. ENTER/SET
QP QP Link Link S VS CV DC VD DV DMP3
MP3 WMA WMA
3DPHONIC
L-BANDIII AM AMFMFM
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICPRGR.
L-BANDIII B.S.P. AM BONUS FM PRGM RND
MONO
1 TA NEWS INFO
S.TURBOAHB AHBPRO
PROUSB
USBMIC MICV.MASK 2 sec.
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST C.VOICE C.VOICE
MONO PG PGPLPLSTST
MONO
2 sec. 2 sec. PRGR. PRGR. B.S.P. B.S.P. BONUS BONUS RND 1 TA
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA
PRGM PRGM RND 1 TA
NEWS INFO 1NEWS NEWS
2 3 INFO INFO 1 21 32 3
REC REC
REC
2 sec.
2 sec.
SLEEP SLEEP
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
GROUP/TITLE GROUP/TITLE
SKIP
SKIP
Remot e
ONLY
DOWN
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP UP
Remote
Frequency starts changing on the display.
Remote
1To Select tune the in to band a preset (FM ONLY or station AM). ONLY ONLY
Pentru To tune a recepţiona
When a station (frequency) with sufficient signal strength To in is
to tune a in preset in un to to post a station
presetat
station
Main Uni t
Frecvenţa Frequency începe starts să
tuned Frequency
changing se schimbe
in, the starts pe
frequency changing
the afişaj.
stops on changing. the display.
Frequency
ONLY
display.
Când
When
se
a
recepţionează • When starts
When a changing
station (frequency)
un post you station
with
(o repeatedly (frequency)
on on the display.
1 Select the band (FM or AM).
frecvenţă)
sufficient
cu press with
signal
un semnal the sufficient button, the signal frequency
1 Selectaţi strength 1the banda is Select band de the (FM frecvenţă band or AM).
(FM or sau or AM).
FM
When a a station strength is
suficient de puternic, tuned (frequency)
frecvenţa changes in, the nu step se frequency with sufficient
by mai step. schimbă. stops changing.
signal strength is is
tuned in, the tuned frequency in, in, the
• Atunci când apăsaţi • When frequency
tasta stops în you mod changing. repeatedly stops changing.
repetat, frecvenţa press the se button, schimbă the frequency
AM FM
• When you repeatedly press the button, the frequency
FM
treptat. •• When you To
changes stop repeatedly searching
step press
by step.
manually, the button, press the frequency either button.
FM
Pentru changes a opri step changes căutarea by step.
step manuală, by by step. apăsaţi orice tastă.
23 Select Select the a preset preset number number AMfor for the the station station you you sto
Remote
s
To Listening stop searching to the manually, Radiopress INFO
COMPACT
either button.
ONLY
AM
AM
To stop searching To stop searching If manually, the FM manually, station press either has press poor button.
either reception
button.
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIMMER
DIMMER
SLEEP
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
A.STANDBY
Examples: Examples:
DIGITAL AUDI O
To select FM/PLAY the band (FM or AM)
23 Select Select the a preset preset number number for for the the station station you you sto
Listening to the Radio INFO
Remote
s
ONLY
Remote 2
Remote
Selectaţi 32 the numărul Select Select a
preset the de preset
number presetare 1
number for number 2 pentru for 3
the station postul for the the To To station
you memorat.
select station select you
stored. preset preset you store.
stored. number number 5
Listening
If the to to
FM the
MODE station Radio
INFO
has poor reception
ONLY ONLY
ONLY
3D
3D
DIMMER
DIMMER
PHONIC
PHONIC
C.VOICE
C.VOICE
SLEEP
SLEEP
CLOCK/TIMER
CLOCK/TIMER
A.STANDBY
A.STANDBY
Dacă If the postul FM If If station the FM FM are has Remote station o poor recepţie has control: reception
poor slabă
reception Main unit:
5. Examples: 5. Examples:
DIMMER
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
To select FM/PLAY the band (FM or AM)
DIMMER SLEEP
DIMMER
A.STANDBY
SLEEP
Exemple:
Examples:
41
A.STANDBY
Examples:
25
Examples:
63
To select 10
FM/PLAY
FM/PLAY
the band (FM or or AM)
To select preset number 15
MODE
11
1 2
22
3
33
3D ZOOM PHONIC Pentru To C.VOICE ANGLE select a selecta To
CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN To select
preset MODE
select numărul preset
number preset de
number
5, press
MODE
10. 5.
number 5, 5,
5, 5, press
3D ZOOM PHONIC C.VOICE ANGLE CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN MODE
press
MODE Remote control:
Main unit:
10. 5.
3D 3D PHONIC
C.VOICE
CLOCK/TIMER
3D PHONIC C.VOICE
3D 3D PHONIC
CLOCK/TIMER
C.VOICE
CLOCK/TIMER
Remote control:
Main unit:
74
presetare
5.
85
5.
5. 5, 5.
5. apăsaţi 96
5.
The MONO indicator lights on the display. FM/AM Reception 4 will 44
5
55
6
66
15 10
RETURN ZOOMPentru ANGLE CANCEL
a selecta
SCAN VFP
To select preset To MODE select numărul To select
number preset de
preset number 1
RETURN
ANGLE CANCEL
SCAN To VFP MODE select preset number
10, press
improve though stereo effect is lost—Monaural reception.
number 10, 10, press
press
ZOOM
ANGLE SCAN SCAN MODE MODE
10.
ZOOM ANGLE
ZOOM
SCAN MODE
ANGLE
10
10 SCAN SCAN MODE MODE
7presetare 08
10, 10. 10
10 9 10, 1, then 5.
10.
7 8 9
Indicatorul The MONO MONO indicator se
To The
aprinde
restore MONO
lights pe on afişaj.
the indicator stereo
the display. Recepţia
effect, lights on
Reception se va
press the
îmbunătăţi
the display. button Reception again (the will
10.
apăsaţi 10. 10, 1, then 5.
FM/AM
77
88
99
30 15
RETURN
Pentru CANCEL
a selecta
VFP
numărul To select
de
preset number 31
The MONO will
To select preset number 15, press
RETURN CANCEL VFP
deşi
improve
efectul
though
stereo
stereo
s-a MONO improve indicator
pierdut indicator though lights
stereo
on on the
effect
– recepţie disappears). effect display. FM/AM
RETURN CANCEL
is lost—Monaural Reception will
To
reception.
To VFP select select preset preset number
is lost—Monaural
mono.
10
number 15,
3, 0. 5.
15, press
RETURN
CANCEL VFP VFP
press
RETURN
CANCEL 10presetare VFP VFP 0 15, apăsaţi
10, 3, 1, apoi then 5. 0. 5.
improve though reception.
10 0 10 10, 1, then 5.
Pentru a reveni la efectul restore stereo
stereo, the effect
apăsaţi stereo
is lost—Monaural
din effect, nou tasta press the reception.
10 10
button again (the 10 10 00
10, 10, 1, 1,
1, 1, then then 5. 5.
Pentru a selecta numărul To To select
5. select 5. de preset preset number number 30 3
(indicatorul To restore To
MONO the restore To
stereo dispare). effect, press the button again (the
To select preset number 30, press
MONO the tune in
indicator effect, to a station
disappears).
press the button again (the
• You can also To To select
use select the preset preset ¡ number
10, 3,
or number
then
1
0.
button.
30, 30, press
presetare 30, apăsaţi
10, 3, apoi then 0. 0.
press
Remote
MONO indicator MONO indicator disappears).
While FM disappears). or AM selected...
10,
ONLY
preset the stations
10, 3, then 10, 3, 3,
0. 3, 3, then then 0. 0.
0. 0.
To tune in to a To tune in in Remote
You
Remote to to a station
• You can also use the
can preset 30 FM and 15 AM stations. • You can also use Listening 4 the ¡ or to 1 the ¡ or 1 button.
While FM control: or AM is selected... Main unit: • Puteţi utiliza •• You de can asemenea Store also use the tasta
the station.
¡ button. sau or TV or 1 Sound
. button.
INFO
ONLY
While FM Remote
Pentru ONLY
To preset a preseta the stations posturile To or or preset AM is is selected... Remote
the stations
ONLY ONLY
ENTER/SET
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM
To preset the stations
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG P
You can listen to sound through this System
Puteţi
You can
preselecta
preset 30
30 de 1You Remote
FM
posturi Tune can preset
control:
in
2 sec.
and 15 to
AM
şi a 30
15 station FM and
stations.
posturi you 15
AM. want AM
Main
to stations.
unit:
preset.
Listening 4 Store the to station.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS
the TV Sound INFO PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO
Remote You can control:
preset 30 30 FM and 15 15 Main AM stations.
unit: 2 sec.
Listening 4Listening Store the station.
Ascultarea to sunetului the TV to to Sound the TV Sound INFO
INFO
ENTER/SET emis de televizor INFO
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM
1 Căutaţi un post pe care
• You GROUP/TITLE
doriţi
can
să-l
also
presetaţi.
store SKIP the monaural reception DOWN mode UP for
ENTER/SET
You Remote can listen control: QP QP Link Link S VS CV DC VD DV DMP3
MP3 S.TURBO WMA WMA
3DPHONIC AHB PRO
L-BANDIII USB MICAMAM V.MASK FM FMC.VOICE
to the TV sound through this System Main PG P
1 Tune FM preset in
2 sec.
to a stations if you selected. want to preset. 2 Puteţi sec. asculta
•
You can listen You
sunetul can to the listen
emis de
TV to to
televizor sound the TV through sound
prin S.TURBOAHB intermediul AHBPRO
PROUSB
USB PRGR. MIC MICV.MASK B.S.P. this through System.
this
<strong>acest</strong>ui
BONUS C.VOICE C.VOICE PRGM PG PGPL
RND PLSTST
1MONO
TA NEWS INFO
System.
1 Puteţi Tune memora in 1 to Tune a de station in in 2 sec. PRGR. PRGR. B.S.P. B.S.P. BONUS BONUSPRGM
PRGMRND
RND 1 1TA TA NEWS NEWS INFO INFO 1 21 32 3
REC REC
asemenea to to
• You a you station
can want modul
also you to de
store preset. recepţie want
the
to to mono
monaural preset. pentru
2 sec. sistem.
SLEEP SLEEP
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
reception mode for Remote AUX/
DOWN
UP
control:
A.STBY A.STBY Main TV SO
posturile • You can FM •• also presetate, You GROUP/TITLE store 2can Activate also dacă the monaural <strong>acest</strong>ea the preset sunt reception selectate. number
mode
entry
for
mode.
TV SOUND
FM SKIP store
preset the
stations monaural
if selected.
reception for Remote control: Remote control:
Main AUX unit:
Main Remote
DOWN
UP UP Telecomanda:
Unitatea principală:
unit:
ONLY REC REC
2 Activaţi FM preset modul FM stations de preset introducere if selected. a numerelor QPpresetate.
Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
ENTER/SET
stations if if selected.
To tune in to a preset station
AUX/
TV SO
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
2 Activate the preset number PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS entry PRGM RND mode. 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC AUX/
AUX/ TV SOUND
TV 2 Activate the preset number entry mode.
TV SOUND AUX TV TV SOUND Remote
2 Activate Frequency the preset starts number changing entry on mode. the display.
TV SLEEP SOUND TV TV SOUND
Remote
ONLY
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM A.STBY
AUX
AUX
ENTER/SET
1To Select tune the in to band a preset (FM or station AM).
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
QP QP Link Link S VS CV DC VD DV DMP3
MP3 WMA WMA
3DPHONIC
L-BANDIII AM AMFMFM
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICPRGR.
L-BANDIII B.S.P. AM BONUS FM PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO
ENTER/SET
ENTER/SET When a station (frequency) with sufficient signal strength REC
1 2 3 is in to ONLY ONLY
To tune in to a preset station
S.TURBOAHB AHBPRO
PROUSB
USBMIC MICV.MASK MONO
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST C.VOICE C.VOICE
MONO PG PGPLPLSTST
MONO
REC
TV SOUND
PRGR. PRGR. B.S.P. B.S.P. BONUS BONUS RND 1 TA
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA
PRGM PRGM RND 1 TA
NEWS INFO 1NEWS NEWS
2 3 INFO INFO 1 21 32 3
SLEEP
tuned Frequency in, the starts frequency changing stops on changing. the display.
REC REC
REC
A.STBY
Frequency starts changing on on the display.
SLEEP SLEEP
1 TV Select SOUND the TV band SOUND (FM or AM).
SLEEP
A.STBY A.STBY
• When When a you station repeatedly (frequency) press with the A.STBY sufficient button, the signal frequency strength 1 Select is
the band (FM or or AM). FM
REC
When a a station • Finish (frequency) the following with sufficient process while signal the strength
REC REC
tuned indication is is on the
REC
changes in, the step frequency by step. stops changing.
tuned in, in, the frequency
• When display you is stops
repeatedly flashing.
changing.
press the button, the frequency
AM FM
•• When you • Finish the following process while indication on the
•• Finish Finalizaţi the •• următorul Finish
To repeatedly
following changes the
stop
proces
display following
searching press process step în
is
timp while by
flashing.
process
manually, the button, step. indicatorul the while indication the
press the frequency
FM
de pe indication
either button.
afişaj the on on the
display
luminează changes
is display intermitent.
step by by step.
2 sec.
flashing. is is flashing.
Remote
2 Select the preset number AMfor the station you
To stop searching manually, press either button.
AM
ONLY
To stop searching If the FM manually, station has press poor either reception
button.
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY
2 Select the preset number
Examples:
Remote
for the station you
FM/PLAY
ONLY
2 Select the preset 1
number 2 3
Remote
for the To station select preset you stored. number 5
If the FM MODE station has poor reception
3D DIMMER PHONIC C.VOICE SLEEP CLOCK/TIMER
If If the FM station has poor reception
A.STANDBY 8
8
ONLY ONLY
5. Examples:
DIMMER
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
FM/PLAY
41
Examples:
25
63
FM/PLAY MODE
To select preset number 15
11 22 33
3D ZOOM PHONIC C.VOICE ANGLE
To
CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN select
MODE
preset number 5, 5, press
MODE
3D 3D PHONIC
C.VOICE
CLOCK/TIMER
10. 5.
74
85
5. 5.
Remot e
96
To select preset number 1
UP
SLEEP
A.STBY
To tune in to a preset station REC
A.STBY A.STBY
Remote
ONLY
REC REC
Remote
ONLY

When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
Redarea unui disc/fişier INFO
Pictogramele ajutătoare de pe ecran
k a Disc/File Stereo Înainte mini de a INFO plug utiliza un disc/fişier, trebuie At să the ştiţi On-screen front cum este guide icons
ck a Disc/File înregistrat (not supplied) discul/fişierul.
INFO
panel On-screen guide icons • În timpul redării, pe ecranul televizorului pot apărea
g a disc/file, • Un be disc familiar DVD Video how a este disc/file alcătuit is din fişierul
•
“Titles”
During
(titluri),
playback, the following următoarele icons pictograme: may appear on the
ing a disc/file, care be include familiar fişierul how “Chapters”(capitole), a disc/file is discurile TV: • During
în format
playback, the following icons may appear on the
omprises of DVD “Titles” Audio/MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/ which includes MPEG-2/ASF/DivX TV: sunt
La începutul unei scene care conţine vizualizări din
comprises VD Audio/MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/
of alcătuite “Titles” din which fişierul “Groups” includes (grupuri) care include fişierul
At the beginning of a scene mai multe containing unghiuri.
/DivX comprises “Tracks” of (piese), “Groups” un fişier which în format JPEG este alcătuit multi-angle din
At the beginning views. of a scene containing
DVD Audio/MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/
When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
e.
La începutul unei scene care conţine sunete din mai
cks,” F/DivX • By JPEG using comprises fişierul QP Link
“Groups” of (Quick “Groups” of (grupuri),
Portable which care which include fişierul “Files” (fişiere), multi-angle views.
Link), you can easily
and CD/SVCD/VCD
iar un disc CD/SVCD/VCD
comprises of
conţine
only
doar fişierul “Tracks”
At
(piese).
the beginning of a scene multe containing surse.
racks,” start JPEG Stereo
playing comprises mini
• Pentru back redarea a portable of plug “Groups”
fişierelor audio în device which
format on MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/
this At unit. the front See multi-audio At the beginning sounds. of a scene containing
iles,”
page
and
10
CD/SVCD/VCD (not supplied)
for MPEG-1/ details.
comprises of only panel
La începutul unei scene care conţine mai multe
MPEG-2/ASF/DivX prin intermediul unui dispozitiv multi-audio sounds.
of MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
USB stocare în masă, vezi de asemenea pagina
At
27.
the beginning of a scene subtitrări. containing
k /DivX
• of If an MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
files
external
in a
device
2 USB mass
is not
storage
equipped
class
with a stereo mini plug
multi-subtitles.
At the beginning • Următoarele of a scene pictograme containing vor fi, de asemenea, afişate pe
sec.
SF/DivX o page audio 27. output, files in use a USB a plug mass adaptor storage convert class the stereo mini multi-subtitles.
Pentru introduce un disc
ecranul televizorului pentru a indica funcţia curentă.
lso plug pageto 27. the corresponding plug of the audio output. • The following icons will be also shown on the TV to
isc Puteţi introduce un disc în timp ce este redată indicate • o The altă following sursă. your current icons operation. will , , be , also , , , , shown , , , , , on , , , the ,
, TV , , to ,
a disc
while • By playing using QP another Link (Quick source. Portable Link), you indicate can , easily , your , current , • operation. Pentru
,
, a dezactiva , ,
pictograma , ,
ajutătoare
,
de pe ecran, vezi
t a
When
disc while start
connecting playing back
a
another
USB
a portable
mass
source.
storage
audio device
class device
• on To this deactivate , unit. , See the , on-screen , “ON,
,
guide
SCREEN ,
icon,
GUIDE”(Ghidul , , ,
see “ON
afişării) din meniul “OTHERS”
page 10 for details.
SCREEN • To deactivate GUIDE” the in on-screen (Altele)
“OTHERS” guide la
menu icon, pagina
on see 32.
page “ON 32.
USB cable
, , , , , Remot Remote
e
Remote
Remot e
ONLY ONLY
• If an external device is not equipped
ONLY
(not supplied)
At with the a front stereo SCREEN mini plug GUIDE” in “OTHERS” menu on page 32.
ONLY
Remot e Remot e
Remot e
Pentru a Remote selecta un titlu/un grup
ONLY ONLY
ONLY
audio output, ONLY
When use connecting a plug adaptor a portable to convert panel
To audio the
select device stereo mini
a (AUX)
Remot e
title/group
Remote
t one time.
plug to the corresponding plug of the output.
La redarea unui disc / fişier...
ONLY
When connecting a portable audio
While To select device (AUX)
ONLY
t one time.
playing a title/group
disc/file...
Stereo mini plug
GR OUP/TITLE GR OUP/TITLE
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP SKIP
SKIP
Main Uni t
While playing At the front
Remot e
a disc/file...
ONLY
ONLY
Stereo
• Atunci când utilizaţi (not mini supplied) plug
At GR OUP/TITLE GR OUP/TITLE SKIP SKIP
un disc de 8 cm, aşezaţi-l pe cercul panel the front
din
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
n 8
• You
cm disc,
can When connect
interiorul place
connecting
it on
a USB
compartimentului the (not inner
mass supplied) a USB
circle
storage mass
pentru of
class
the
storage device class such device as a
USB flash memory device, hard disk drive,
discuri. panel
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
dio
multimedia card
n
an
connecting
8 cm disc, Pentru place
a When portable a închide it on
connecting
the
audio compartimentul inner
device
circle
a portable (AUX)
of pentru the discuri, apăsaţi din
one ten c lue
audio device (AUX)
tray, reader, time. press nou etc. 0 USB to . again. this cable System. See pages 9 and 33 for details.
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
lue
VD/CD • If you 3, • (not Dacă disc supplied)
At the front
tereo isc tray, mini press plug0 USB tray apăsaţi again. Stereo MEMORY closes DVD/CD mini automatically plug 3, , At compartimentul the
the
System
front
detects pentru the discuri se
starts USB (depending mass închide storage on automat how class the şi device începe disc is and redarea the control (în funcţie panelAt the front
(în timp ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
DVD/CD (not supplied) 3, disc tray (not closes supplied) automatically screen de modul în care
panel
panel (while holding...)
k nternally). starts appears (depending on este the • programat By TV on using screen. how discul QP the See Link disc în page interior). is (Quick 27 for Portable details. Link), you can easily (while holding...)
internally). • By start using playing QP Link back (Quick a portable Portable audio Link),
USB • You mass cannot storage connect a class computer device to the USB MEMORY • You
device you
can select
on can this easily
d
a
unit.
title/group
See • Puteţi selecta un titlu/un grup în mod direct, apăsând o tastă
directly by pressing a number
e
button after pressing GROUP/TITLE (except for DVD-VR
t de a
terminal
• You La of conectarea can
start page
the
connect
playing 10
storage
System. unui a for USB details. back
dispozitiv mass
a portable
storage
audio
USB class
device
de stocare device
on
such
this
în masă
unit.
a
See numerică după apăsarea tastei GROUP/TITLE (grup/titlu) (cu
a USB mass storage
USB flash memory class class device • You can select a title/group
device, (see
excepţia directly discurilor by pressing DVD-VR). a number
page 10 for details.
r
hard disk drive, disc). multimedia card
laying ect
13), !
Preparing
a
use TV/monitor
another Puteţi source. conecta • If an un external dispozitiv device USB is de not stocare equipped în masă
button with (vezi a after stereo pagina
pressing mini 5) plug GROUP/TITLE • Numele grupului (except apare la for redarea DVD-VR fişierelor în format MP3/
3), use
USB
reader,
mass
the remote control • Group name appears for MP3/WMA/WAV playback.
SB MEMORY
în timpul
• etc.
storage If
3,
redării to this
class
the System
unei System. altei
detects
surse. See
(see
pages 9 and 33 for details. WMA/WAV.
sing playing QP
•
Link another
If
the
• you
(Quick • By source.
audio an external output, device use a plug is not adaptor equipped
Dacă press
using Portable
apăsaţi USB
QP
USB MEMORY Link), (Quick you 3,
can Portable
, sistemul the
easily
When , to disc). convert with
,
a
System
Link),
connecting ,
stereo the stereo ,
mini
detects
you can
the
easily
a portable When ,
plug mini connecting audio device a portable (AUX) audio device (AUX)
ponent Connect cord only or audio scart component
rage class device, the control screen appears To detectează
playing USB MEMORY back select a chapter/track
USB dispozitivul a
mass
portable start 3, plug
playing the to
cord output,
storage USB audio System the
at
corresponding
cord use one a or time. plug scart adaptor
de back
class
device detects
stocare a
device
portable on în this the plug
cord
of to at • the convert Group one
audio
time. name the output. stereo appears mini Pentru for MP3/WMA/WAV a selecta un capitol/o playback.
ion sends
piesă
masă, and
audio unit.
the meniul control
See device comandă screen
on this unit. este See
een, torage 10 for and class details. playback starts.
• For VCD/SVCD, cancel PBC (see next page).
the USB appears afişat
device, page
mass storage on pe
the
ecranul the
10 control for
class TV
details. televizorului
screen appears To
Stereo
select
mini
a
plug
chapter/track
Stereo • Pentru mini discurile plug At the VCD/SVCD, front anulaţi At funcţia the front
nal n sends
plug the corresponding plug of the audio output.
PBC (vezi pagina
screen. device See şi
safely, page redarea 27 for începe. details. (not supplied) (not următoare). supplied)
creen, and
external ),
• playback Pentru Red a deconecta starts. în siguranţă Reddispozitivul While • For USB playing VCD/SVCD, de stocare a disc/file... în cancel
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
device
use •
device
after You
•
masă, turning cannot
If is an not external
deconectaţi connect
equipped device
the System dispozitivul a
with
computer
is stereo not
off. după to
equipped
the
mini
ce USB
plug with
aţi oprit MEMORY
a stereo mini plug
GR OUP/TITLE GR PBC OUP/TITLE (see
panel
SKIP SKIP next page).
panel
Y/C, al or When connecting a USB mass storage class device
La Remot redarea e
ct unui disc / fişier...
eives /C, the or
sistemul.
output, audio
USB mass When storage connecting class device a USB safely, mass storage While playing class device ONLY
a disc/file...
use GROUP/TITLE SKIP
• First
GR OUP/TITLE
time GR OUP/TITLE you
SKIP
press SKIP 4, you
he device terminal after a plug audio turning of
adaptor
the
output, the System. System to use convert a plug off. the adaptor stereo to mini convert the stereo mini
to V. ives
a the To audio
disc/file listen corresponding plug to plug
USB
the of corresponding
cable Blue
Blue
the audio output. plug of the audio GROUP/TITLE output. SKIP • La will GR • prima First OUP/TITLE go time back apăsare SKIP you to the a press tastei beginning 4, , veţi you of trece la începutul capitolului/
nd, sends
k
. To
a see disc/file
listen Redarea (not unui USB supplied) disc/fişier cable
At the front piesei
Preparing the remote control
the will curente.
current go back chapter/track. to the beginning of
l nd, see
DVD/CD To DVD/CD pause: (not supplied)
At
DVD/CD
USB USB USB To stop:
panel the front
GR GR OUP/TITLE the current SKIP SKIPchapter/track.
C, n connecting or Pornire: To DVD/CD a pause: When USB DVD/CD mass connecting storage a class USB device mass storage class device
Remot Remote
e
Remote
Remot e
USB
USB USB
USB To Pauză: stop: • By using QP Oprire: panel
Link (Quick • By using Portable QP Link), (Quick you , can Portable , easily , Link), , you , can easily
USB
ONLY ONLY
ONLY ONLY
ves audio
DVD/CD DVD/CD DVD/CD
MEMOR MEMOR YMEMOR Y
Remot e Remot e
USBY
Remote
ONLY ONLY
USB USBComponent DVD/CD Green video USB cord Component video cord start playing back a portable start playing audio back device a portable on this unit. audio See device on this unit. See
DVD/CD R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
DVD/CD MEMOR Y Y
ONLY
USB To EMORY listen cable (not supplied) USB cable
page To 10 locate for details. a particular page 10 portion for details.
Remot e
• You can
USB
USB connect (not supplied) a USB mass storage class device such as a
Remote
ONLY
t signal supplied) • Dispose of batteries in the proper manner, At the front
, see
mode (not supplied)
according
To release, press
While
to At the front
ONLY
MEMORY
DVD/CD • You MEMOR USB Y
sive playing disc/file... – SLO W +
hat
• To scanning select progressive mode USB can
(see flash connect
page scanning memory a USB
13), use mode device, mass
federal, state, and local regulations.
panel (see hard •
storage
page If an disk To external
class
13), drive, locate device
use multimedia
panel
device a particular such
• If not an
as card external equipped
a
–
SLO – SLO W W + +
ignal portion device with a is stereo not equipped mini plug with a stereo mini plug
Remot e
ging mode the
– SLO–
W SLO + W +
Remot 3 or
– SLOW +
x2 x2 x2 x5 x5 x5 x10 x10 x10 x20 x20 x20 x60 x60
To release, press
While playing a disc/file... Pentru a localiza o anumită porţiune ONLY e
USB
s. VIDEO DVD/CD OUT jacks. reader, flash etc. USB memory to this
MEMOR Y Pentru
System. device, hard
a dezactiva,
See audio
disk pages output,
drive, 9 andmultimedia use 33 for a plug details. audio
card
ging the
adaptor output, to convert use a plug the adaptor stereo mini to convert the stereo x60
x2 x2 x5 x5x10 ONLY mini
x10x20 x20x60
x60
USB DVD/CD MEMORY DO
• reader, If
NOT
you etc.
3 or press to
recharge,
USB this
apăsaţi
System.
3. short,
MEMORY DVD/CD
See
disassemble, plug
pages 3, sau the to – 9
the System and
SLOW
heat corresponding
33 detects for + details.
x2 La redarea x5 unui disc x10 / fişier...
• This connection sends
plug the plug to the – of corresponding
SLO
the
W
audio
+
output. plug x20of the x60 audio output.
• If • This connection sends
USB MEMORY USB you
battery
mass press 3. storage USB USB MEMORY
dispose
class of it
device 3, .
in a fire.
and the the System control detects screen the x2 x5 x10 x2 x2 x20 x2 x5 x5 x60
x5 x10 x10 x10 x20 x20 x20 x60 x60
x60
can fer a disc/file: connect a This • USB You the USB System mass video can connect storage signal
can store class a USB the
the device stop mass video such storage signal as a class device such as a – SLO W + x2 x2 x5 x5x10GR OUP/TITLE x10x20 SKIP x20x60
x60
nal mode appears mass storage the TV class screen. device See and
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
en ng flash
When
you a disc/file: memory start
using • La playback device, This USB (Composite, flash
redarea System
the remote
again hard memory disk
control
by pressing drive, device, multimedia hard disk card drive, multimedia card
ng the
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
unui disc/fişier: can
Y/C,
store
or When
pagethe connecting
27 control for details. screen
fer
appears on the TV screen. (Composite,
Acest the stop
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
sistem
See page Y/C,
poate
27 or
memora
for details.
a USB When mass connecting storage a class USB device mass storage class device
FER
punctul x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
r hen r, USB etc. you to MEMORY start this 3 (even while Point the top
de System. playback
of
oprire, reader, RGB) • You
the
iar See and cannot
etc.
remote
atunci again pages receives connect
to
control
când this by 9 pressing System. reîncepeţi and audio RGB) a computer
33 for See and
toward
redarea details. pages receives to the USB
the remote • Search prin 9 apăsarea and audio MEMORY
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
R
• You 33 for details.
sensor speed changes as illustrated above except for MP3/
u rts or press USB from • USB Dispose MEMORY the tastei position MEMORY • If signal DVD/CD you of
terminal cannot
batteries 3 where press from of connect
(even 3, TV. USB sau you in
the
while USB the To System. a computer to the USB MEMORY
have MEMORY listen proper on signal detects manner, from 3, (chiar the TV. according USB System To detects to the
WMA/WAV/DivX
şi în listen cable modul USB cable
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
starts
discs/files. For MP3/WMA/WAV/
ume mass
as directly Play. from storage federal, (“RESUME” the as
class aşteptare), position possible.
terminal
USB to state, the device mass TV and where redarea appears If
of
sound, storage and
you
the
local you operate
System.
începe regulations.
see class control have the din it
device punctul from
screen
a
and
(not în diagonal • Search speed changes as illustrated above except for MP3/
care
DivX
the
supplied)
At the front
to the TV sound, see a control fost oprită
discs/files,
screen
(not supplied)
At the front
Preparing the remote control search speed and the indications on the
ars you esume rposition, on stop the Play. playback.) TV
the –(“RESUME” Resume screen.
operating
appears Play See on
range (reluarea page appears the TV
(approx.
27 redării). screen. for on details. the 5 (Când m)
See
may
page redarea be
WMA/WAV/DivX
shorter.
discs/files. For MP3/WMA/WAV/
panel
panel
Preparing page 8. the remote page 8. control
TV 27 este
are for different. details. oprită, pe
n letely you stop while playback.) afişaj Resume apare is DO mesajul activated, NOT “RESUME” recharge, press (reluarea 7short, disassemble, redării)).
DivX discs/files, heat search
• Viteza
speed
de
and
căutare
the indications
se modifică
on
aşa
the
cum este ilustrat mai sus, cu
excepţia discurilor/fişierelor în format MP3/ WMA/WAV/DivX.
cannot s sounds connect • You a computer cannot • No sound comes out if searching carried out while
cel pletely Resume, while Pentru see Resume “RESUME” a opri the is complet battery activated,
to connect the
on redarea or USB a
page dispose press
computer MEMORY
în 32.) timp 7of ce it to funcţia in the a
TV
fire. USB Resume are MEMORY different.
cord (not supplied) Scart cord (not supplied) GR OUP/TITLE SKIP (Reluare) Pentru discurile/fişierele în format MP3/WMA/WAV/ DivX,
inal ancel
not sounds
showing the moving picture.
g the
of Resume, System,
the System. este
the see terminal activată, apăsaţi
on-screen “RESUME” of the
guide
System. de on două ori. (Pentru a anula • No funcţia sound Resume comes out if searching is carried out while
(Reluare), vezi capitolul „RESUME”
icon page(see
32.) • You can viteza de căutare şi indicatoarele de pe televizor sunt diferite.
not a de la pagina To 32). return showing
connect
to the
a
normal moving
USB • You mass can
playback, picture.
storage connect class a USB device mass such storage as a class device such as a
el press DVD/CD 3 or USB
aring table) ting TV, • discs. After
nu the select
appears When
the
System, connecting the
• Atunci remote Preparing
using
proper
on the când
on-screen the
a TV, video
TV. utilizaţi control
remote
select signal
the sistemul,
guide control
the mode proper
remote
icon
pe ecranul
(see video signal mode • Nu se emite niciun sunet în cazul în care căutarea se
l control USB
MEMORY televizorului To flash return memory
3 apare to
g onnection table)
(depending normal device, USB playback, flash hard disk memory drive,
on the source press device, DVD/CD multimedia hard
type). 3 disk card
according or drive, USB multimedia card
ke discs. sure Point that appears method.
pictograma the
to the on top
See the connection
of
“Changing
ajutătoare the TV.
realizează în timpul redării imaginii în mişcare.
remote
method.
(vezi control
the See
tabelul toward
“Changing
următor). reader, the
MEMORY
remote
the
etc. to this sensor
on e sure page
3 System. (depending reader, Pentru See etc. on pages to the a this reveni 9 source and System. la 33 modul type). for See details.
Scanning that
normal pages 9 de and redare, 33 for apăsaţi details. tasta DVD/
ounds
as
13.
directly
Mode”
as
on
possible.
page 13.
If you operate • it If from you a press diagonal USB MEMORY • If you CD press 3, sau the USB USB System MEMORY detects 3, the (în the funcţie System de detects tipul sursei). the
Remot e
ONLY
. t
position, the operating range (approx. 5 USB m) may mass be storage shorter. class USB device mass and storage the control class device screen and the control screen
t the powered To connect subwoofer the powered subwoofer
discs.
appears on the TV screen. appears See on page the 27 TV for screen. details. See page 27 for details.

! TV/monitor
Connect only component cord or scart cord at one time.
Red
When connecting a portable audio device (A
Stereo mini plug
(not supplied)
At the
panel
•• For În cazul DivX, unui each fişier time DivX, you la fiecare press the apăsarea > or < a button, tastei > you sau < can , Pentru To move a trece to la the pagina next următoare or previous sau cea page precedentă of the current din meniul
skip puteţi to sări a scene peste 30 for de 30 secunde seconds sau or 5 minutes dintr-o depending scenă, în on curent:
the funcţie DivX de fişierul file. DivX.
menu:
• By using QP Link (Quick Portable Link), you c
Green
PTY
PTY
Component video cord GROUP/TITLE SKIP
start playing back a portable audio device on th
, , , , , (not supplied)
page Trece Moves 10 la to pagina for the details. next următoare. page.
• To select progressive scanning mode (see page 13), use • If Trece Moves an external la to pagina the device previous precedentă. is not page. equipped with a stere
VIDEO OUT jacks.
audio output, use a plug adaptor to convert the
plug to the corresponding plug of the audio outp
COMPACT
• This connection
Remote
Remot e
Pentru To return a reveni sends to la the meniul previous anterior. menu:
To locate an item directly
ONLY
ONLY
DIGITAL VIDE O Pentru a localiza SUPER VIDEO direct DIGITAL o opţiune
AUDI O
the video signal
Puteţi
You can
selecta
select
un titlu/un
a title/chapter/track
capitol/o piesă în
directly
mod direct
and
şi
start
să începeţi (Composite, Y/C, or When connecting a USB mass storage class
3 redarea.
playback.
Select a preset number for the station you store.
RETURN
RGB) and receives audio
• Pentru DVD Video, puteţi selecta un titlu înainte GR de OUP/TITLE a începe SKIP
• For DVD Video, you can select a title before starting
10
redarea şi puteţi selecta Examples: un capitol după începerea redării.
signal from TV. To listen USB cable
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY
3 Select playback, a preset while number you can for the station a chapter you after store.
1 2 3 To select preset number 5, starting press to the TV sound, see
(not supplied)
At the
pane
3D DIMMER
playback.
PHONIC C.VOICE SLEEP CLOCK/TIMER
A.STANDBY 5. Examples:
page 8.
DIMMER 41
25
SLEEP A.STANDBY 63
Exemple:
To Examples:
(while holding...)
1 2 3 Pentru select
To select
a selecta preset number
number
numărul
10, 5, press
5, press
5, apăsaţi (în timp ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
5.
5.
3D ZOOM PHONIC C.VOICE ANGLE CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN MODE
Scart cord (not supplied)
10. 5.
3D 74
PHONIC C.VOICE 85
CLOCK/TIMER 96
To select number 10, press 10. To cancel PBC, press 7, then select a track. Playback starts
4 5 6
To Pentru select a selecta preset number numărul 15, 10, press apăsaţi Pentru a anula funcţia
•
PBC,
You
apăsaţi
can connect
, apoi
a USB
selectaţi
mass
o piesă.
storage class devi
• After connecting a TV, select the proper video signal mode
RETURN ZOOM ANGLE CANCEL SCAN VFP MODE
10.
To select number 15, press 10, with the selected track.
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE 10, 1, then 5.
Redarea începe cu piesa USB selectată. flash memory device, hard disk drive, mult
10 7 08
10 9 according to the connection method. See “Changing the
1, then 5.
7 8 9
To Pentru select a selecta preset number numărul 30, 15, press
RETURN CANCEL VFP Scanning Mode” on , page , 13. apăsaţi , , , Pentru To reactivate a reactiva PBC, funcţia reader,
press PBC, 7 apăsaţi etc. to this
(twice if (de Resume două System. ori is dacă See
turned funcţia pages 9 and 33 f
To select number 30, press 10,
RETURN CANCEL VFP
10, 3, 1, apoi then 5. 0. 5.
Resume (Reluare) este activată), • If you apoi press apăsaţi USB tasta MEMORY DVD/CD 3, . the System d
10 0 10
“ON”), then press DVD/CD 3.
10 0 10 To Pentru 3, select then a selecta preset 0. number numărul 30, press
USB mass storage class device and the control
, ,
• You can also use the ¡
To connect the powered apăsaţi subwoofer
10, or 3, apoi 1 then 0. button. 0.
Redarea Playing unui Back dispozitiv a
appears audio on portabil the TV screen. See page 27 for deta
SUBWOOFER Remot e
ONLY
• You cannot connect a computer to the USB ME
OUT
Remote
ONLY
Portable Audio Device
INFO
4 Store • You the can station. also use the ¡ From 1 the powered
INFO
Pentru a reda cu ajutorul meniului button.
Remote discului
terminal of the System.
subwooferONLY
Remot e
To ENTER/SET
ONLY play back using the QP Linkdisc S V C D V D MP3 menu WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
(
By using QP Link (Quick Portable Link), you can easily start
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP (not supplied)
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
4
Preparing the remote control
7 Store For the DVD station.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
Video/DVD Audio:
REC Utilizând playing GR OUP/TITLE back QP Link SKIP a portable (Quick Portable audio device Link), puteţi connected reda cu to uşurinţă the AUX un
SLEEP
■ Pentru A.STBY
ENTER/SET
DVD Video/DVD Audio:
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
dispozitiv Show the disc menu.
jack.
audio portabil conectat la mufa AUX.
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
1 Afişaţi meniul discului.
The subwoofer connected can reproduce the bass sounds
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO REC 1 2 3
REC •
TOP MENU/PG
MENU/PL
Make Reglaţi sure volumul to set dispozitivului the volume audio of your portabil portable la un audio nivel adecvat,
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP recorded in front left and right SLEEP channels, but device
A.STBY
astfel cannot încât sistemul să poată detecta semnalul audio.
PTY
loud enough so that the System can detect the sound signal.
SEARCH reproduce the LFE Remote signals in
REC
DVD multi-channel discs.
ONLY
Remot e
To tune in to a preset • Before station plugging the unit to the main ONLY supply, Pentru To make activate a sure activa that QP funcţia Link QP Link
the powered subwoofer Remote is turned off.
ONLY
AHB PRO
1To 2 tune Selectaţi the in an to o band opţiune item a preset (FM on din the or meniu. station AM). disc menu.
QP LINK
h is
QPL ON
TV – CH SLO W +
@ Digital audio component
(Initial setting)
1 Select the band (FM or AM). x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
h is
FM
2 sec.
ENTER/SET
QPL OFF
PTY
PTY
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
x2 x5 x10 x20Atunci When x60 când
AM
QP Link funcţia is QP activated, Link
FM
• Dispose
este connecting activată,
of batteries
prin a portable conectarea
in the proper device unui
Protective cap
manner, to acco
dispozitiv portabil la borna AUX şi începerea redării, se efectuează
TV CH
următoarele:
the AUX jack and starting federal, playback state, performs and local the regulations. following:
2 Select the preset number AMfor the station you stored. •• While În timp listening ce ascultaţi to o another altă sursă... source...
Changes se schimbă the automat source sursa to AUX în AUX. automatically. (Dacă DO NOT modificaţi (If
recharge,
you sursa change din short, disassem
•• DIMMER With La unele some SLEEP discuri, discs, A.STANDBY puteţi you selecta, Examples: can also de select asemenea, GRitems OUP/TITLE opţiuni by SKIP entering
2 Select from AUX în AUX altă sursă, to another funcţia source, QP Link QP va the Link fi anulată). battery will be or canceled.) dispose of it in a fire
the introducând 1 number the preset 2 numărul using 3 number the cu To number ajutorul for
select tastelor buttons. the station you stored.
preset numerice. number 5, press Remot e •
• While
În timp
the
ce sistemul
System
se
is
află
on standby...
în aşteptare...
ONLY
■ 73D DIMMER Pentru PHONIC
For C.VOICE SLEEP SVCD/VCD CLOCK/TIMER
A.STANDBY cu with PBC: 5. Examples: PBC:
sistemul porneşte iar
3 Select Turns on the System and activates the AUX source
La While redarea 4 a preset
1 playing 25
unui disc a 6number • Set for “DIGITAL the station AUDIO you store. OUTPUT” in the “AUDIO” menu When sursa AUX using este the activată remote în mod control automat
3disc cu PBC, with To PBC, select pe afişaj “PBC” preset apare number appears mesajul 10, 5, on „PBC”. press
the
(cu excepţia cazului în
correctly according to the connected digital
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE
automatically audio
Point
care
the
afişajul
top
este
of the
oprit).
remote control toward the rem
(except when the display is turned off).
display.
3D DIMMER PHONIC C.VOICE SLEEP CLOCK/TIMER A.STANDBY
Atunci când meniul discului 10. 5. Examples:
Main Uni t
3 Select apare pe ecranul televizorului,
When 74
a
disc 8preset 5 menu 96
number equipment for the station (see page you 32). store. If the setting is incorrect, loud as directly as possible. If you operate it from a d
ONLY
appears on the TV, select an item on the
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
ill selectaţi 1 o opţiune 2 din 3
Remot e
meniu. To Începe select preset redarea number opţiunii 15, 10, selectate.
press
ONLY
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
RETURN CANCEL VFP
menu. 3D ZOOM PHONIC Playback C.VOICE ANGLE SCAN CLOCK/TIMER MODE of the
noise
selected
may
item
be generated
starts.
causing damage to the speakers. position, the operating range (approx. 5 m) may
R Y
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY
REC
n.
10, 1, then 5.
SLEEP
10 0 10 10. 5. Examples:
DIMMER 74
1 8SLEEP
25
A.STANDBY 96
Exemple: A.STBY
Examples: img
În
Bubbles
timp ce QP
appear
Link
when
Remot e 3
ill
To select preset number
30, 15, 10, press
funcţionează, pe ecran
RETURN 1 CANCEL ONLY
3D ZOOM PHONIC C.VOICE ANGLE 2 CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN VFP MODE 3 Pentru REC
To select a selecta number numărul 5, press 5, apăsaţi 5. 5.
QP Link works.
n.
10. 5.
– SLO W +
3D 10 7PHONIC
C.VOICE 08
CLOCK/TIMER 10 9
10, 3, 1, then 0. 5.
apar balonaşe.
4 5 6 To select number 10, press 10.
• You 4 can also 5 use 6 the To
¡ Pentru select
To or
a
select 1 selecta preset
number button.
number
numărul 30, 15, 10,
10, press x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
RETURN CANCEL VFP
apăsaţi
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE
510.
15, press 10,
10 ZOOM ANGLE 0 SCAN 10MODE
10, 3, 1, then 0. 5.
În
7 8 9
While timp ce QP QP Link plays redă dispozitivul... back the device...
x2 x5 x10 1, then 5.
• You 7 can also 8
x20
use 9
To x60
the ¡ Pentru select
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
To
or
a
select
1
selecta preset number
number
button.
numărul 30, 15, press
RETURN CANCEL VFP
apăsaţi
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
30, press 10,
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
Listening 10 RETURN CANCEL 0to the 10 VFPTV Sound
10, 3, 1, apoi then INFO 5. 0. 5.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3 Balonaşele
REC
Bubbles disappear dispar atunci
x2 x510
x10 0 x20 10 To 3, x60then 0.
SLEEP
Pentru select a selecta preset number numărul 30, press apăsaţi
când semnalul audio se
A.STBY
You can listen to sound through this System.
when the sound signal
Listening
• You can
to
also
the
use
TV
the
Sound ¡ 10, or 3, apoi 1 then INFO 0. button. 0.
opreşte sau este prea
REC
slab. stops or is too weak.
r Remote control:
Main unit:
You 4 Store • can You listen the can station. also to the use TV the sound ¡ or through 1 button. this System.
r
Remote
10 TV ENTER/SET
AUX/
SOUND control:
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICMain L-BANDIII TV SOUND AMunit:
FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
4 Store the station. AUX
10
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
ENTER/SET
AUX/
TV SOUND
QP Link S V C D V D
S.TURBO AHB PRO
TV SOUND AUX
PRGR. B.S.P.
SLEEP
MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII TV SOUND AM FM
A.STBY
USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO REC 1 2 3
Blue

Daily Operations—Sound & Other Adjustments
Operaţii zilnice—Sunetul & alte reglaje
Telecomandă
Remote control
DIGITAL VIDE O SUPER VIDEO
DIMMER (atenuatorul
intensităţii luminoase)
DIMMER
3D PHONIC
CANCEL
CANCEL (anulare)
ENTER/SET
ENTER/SET
(introducere/setare)
AHB PRO
DVD/AUX
LEVEL
DVD/AUX LEVEL
(nivel DVD/AUX)
SHIFT
(sunet
SOUND
turbo II)
TURBO
SHIFT (comutare)
SOUND TURBO II
Unitatea Main unit principală
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDI
SLEEP
O
A.STANDBY
(aşteptare) A.STANDBY
CLOCK/TIMER
(ceas/cronometru)
CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN MODE
(modul de MODE scanare)
VFP
DISPLAY (afişaj)
, , ,
BASS/TREBLE
(tonuri BASS/TREBLE joase/tonuri
înalte)
AUDIO VOL
+,–
FADE
MUTING
Reglarea Adjusting volumului the Volume
Puteţi You can regla adjust nivelul the volumului volume de level la VOL from MIN VOL la nivelul MIN 40 to level 40
(VOL MAX).
(VOL MAX).
Telecomanda: Remote control:
TV VOL
AUDIO VOL
Unitatea Main unit: principală:
Pentru To drop a dezactiva the volume imediat in a redarea moment sunetului
FADE
Pentru To restore a reveni the la volume, volumul press iniţial, again, apăsaţi or din
MUTING nou
adjust
tasta
the
sau
volume
reglaţi
level.
nivelul volumului.
Reglarea sunetului INFO
Adjusting the Sound INFO
Pentru a amplifica sunetele puternice
To reinforce the heavy sound
Remote
ONLY
VOLUME
Această tastă accentuează frecvenţele joase şi înalte – Sound
Turbo This boosts II. the low and high frequency sound—Sound
Turbo II.
SOUND
TURBO
, , , , ,
TURBO ON
Remot e
ONLY
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
SOUND
TURBO
SOUND TURBO
II (sunet turbo II)
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
3D PHONIC/
HP SURROUND
VOLUME +,–
TURBOOFF
•• When Atunci când Sound , funcţia Turbo GR, Sound OUP/TITLE II , is Turbo turned SKIP , II on, este , AHB activată, Pro AHB is Pro este
2 sec. automatically pornit şi turned nu poate on, fi and oprit. cannot (Indicatorul be turned AHB PRO off. nu se
aprinde, chiar dacă funcţia este activată.)
(AHB PRO indicator does not light even though the
function is turned on.)
Remot e
ONLY
Pentru a amplifica sunetele joase
Remote
ONLY
Remot e
ONLY
Când To reinforce funcţia Sound the Turbo bass II este sound dezactivată, bogăţia şi calitatea
sunetelor While Sound joase Turbo este păstrată, II is off, indiferent the richness de cât and de scăzut fullness este of the
setat nivelul volumului - Active Hyper Bass Pro GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
bass sound is clearly – SLO
maintained
W + regardless of how you set
Remot e
ONLY
the volume—Active Hyper Bass Pro. x2 x5 x10 x20
Main Uni t
ONLY
AHB PRO
QP LINK
x2AHB ON x5 x10 x20
AHB OFF
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
• When Când funcţia Sound Sound Turbo Turbo II is turned II este on, activată, AHB setarea Pro setting AHB cannot Pro nu
poate fi modificată.
be changed.
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
11
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
–
SLO W +
Remot e
ONLY
11
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60

, , , , ,
Remot e
ONLYRemote
Pentru a regla tonul
ONLY
To adjust the tone
Puteţi You can regla adjust nivelul the sunetelor bass and joase treble şi al celor level înalte from între –3 to –3 +3. şi +3.
Pentru To adjust a regla the sunetele bass joase GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
BASS/
TREBLE BASS TREBLE
Canceled
La While redarea playing unui disc a disc... / fişier...
Telecomanda: Remote control:
3D PHONIC
4
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta)
Unitatea Main unit: principală:
Pentru To adjust a regla the sunetele treble înalte
Crearea unui câmp sonor tridimensional
Creating 3-dimensional Sound Field
—3D Phonic
—3D Phonic
• Nu funcţionează pentru discurile în format MPEG-1/MPEG-2/
• This ASF/DivX. does not function for MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
Remot e
ONLY
discs.
La redarea unui disc / fişier...
While playing a disc...
x2
Telecomanda: Remote control:
x5 x10 x20 x60
Unitatea Main unit: principală:
ACŢIUNE ACTION Adecvat Suitable pentru for filme action de movies acţiune and şi programe sports
sportive. programs.
DRAMĂ DRAMA Crează Creates un sunet natural natural and warm şi plăcut. sound. Puteţi Enjoy viziona
filme într-o atmosferă relaxată.
movies in a relaxed mood.
TEATRU
THEATER DVD/CD Vă puteţi bucura
Enjoy sound USB de efectele sonore, ca şi cum v-aţi
afla într-o sală de effects teatru. like in a major theater.
DVD/CD
Utilizarea Using Headphone funcţiei Headphone Surround Surround
(Surround căşti)
You can enjoy a surround effect while listening through
Vă headphones. puteţi bucura de efectul surround în timp ce ascultaţi prin
intermediul • This only căştilor. functions for disc/USB mass storage class device
• playback. Funcţionează doar pentru redarea discurilor/dispozitivelor USB
• This de stocare does not în masă. function for MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
• Nu funcţionează pentru discurile în format MPEG-1/MPEG-2/
discs.
ASF/DivX.
12
BASS/
TREBLE BASS TREBLE
Canceled
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
–
SLO W +
4
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta)
TV VOL
AUDIO VOL
TV VOL
AUDIO VOL
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
3D PHONIC
3D PHONIC ACTION 3D PHONIC DRAMA
3D PHONIC
OFF
DVD/CD
USB
MEMOR Y
3D PHONIC
USB
THEATER
SURR ON
SURR OFF
SURR ON ON(surround
Creates a dynamic Creează sound sunet through dinamic the emis headphones. prin
activat)
căşti.
If you plug in the headphones while 3D Phonic is activated,
• În cazul în care conectaţi căştile în timp ce funcţia 3D Phonic
Headphone este activată, Surround funcţia Headphone turns to SURR Surround ON (surround automatically. căşti) se
• When activează 3D Phonic automat. is OFF and Headphone Surround is SURR
• ON, Atunci unplugging când funcţia the 3D headphones Phonic se turns află în 3D poziţia Phonic OFF to ACTION.
(dezactivat) şi , funcţia , Headphone , , Surround , (Surround căşti) se
află în poziţia SURR ON (Surround activat), prin deconectarea
Presetting căştilor, trece Automatic de la funcţia DVD 3D Phonic Video la funcţia Sound ACTION.
Remote
Presetarea Increase Level nivelului de creştere automată a
ONLY
Remot e
ONLY
sunetului pentru DVD video
DVD Video sound is sometimes recorded at a lower level
Sunetul than other pentru discs DVD and video sources. este uneori You can înregistrat set the la increase un nivel level mai
redus for the decât currently alte discuri loaded sau DVD surse. Video, Puteţi seta so you nivelul do not de creştere have to
a
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
adjust
volumului
the volume
pentru DVD
when
video-ul
you change
introdus,
the
astfel
source.
încât să nu fie
nevoie să reglaţi volumul atunci când schimbaţi sursa.
• Funcţionează This only functions doar pentru for DVD discuri Video în format and DVD DVD-VR Video şi format DVD-VR. disc.
DVD/AUX
LEVEL NORMAL MIDDLE
HIGH
NORMAL NORMALNivel Original de înregistrare recording iniţial. level.
MEDIU MIDDLE Nivelul Output de ieşire level este is mărit increased (nivel mai (less scăzut than decât “HIGH”). cel
„RIDICAT”). , , , , ,
HIGH Output level is increased (more than
RIDICAT Nivelul de ieşire este mărit (nivel mai ridicat decât cel
„MEDIU”). “MIDDLE”). (setare iniţială) (initial setting)
Modificarea
Changing the
luminozităţii
Display Brightness
afişajului
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Remot e
ONLY Remote
ONLY
Puteţi You can reduce dim intensitatea the display luminoasă window. a ferestrei de afişaj.
DIMMER
1
DIM OFF
(Canceled)
AUTO DIM
DIM ON
Remot e
ONLY
–
(în (while timp ce holding...) ţineţi apăsată tasta)
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
DIM ON Dims the display.
DIM ON Reduce intensitatea luminoasă a afişajului.
AUTO DIM* Removes the display x2 illumination x5 x10 when x20 x60
(funcţie
activată) starting playback a disc with a video source.
AUTO DIM* Înlătură • The intensitatea display illuminates luminoasă when a afişajului playback când stops.
*(funcţionare
“AUTO DIM” este does redat not un work disc cu for o sursă CD/MP3/WMA/WAV.
video.
automată*) • Afişajul se aprinde când redarea se opreşte.
* “AUTO DIM” nu funcţionează pentru discuri CD/MP3/WMA/WAV.
SLO W +
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
12

, , , , ,
, , , , ,
.
t e
t
Adjusting the Audio Input Level
Adjusting the Audio Input Level
Adjusting Reglarea nivelului the Audio intrării Input audio Level
Remote
ONLY Remote
Remote ONLY
Remot ONLY e
ONLY
Remote ONLY
If the sound from the component connected to the
• While showing a playback picture on Remot the ONLY e TV, you can
Modificarea culorii imaginii ONLY
If AUX the sound jack from is too the loud component or is too quiet connected when to changing the from • While select showing a preset a picture playback tone, picture or adjust on the it and TV, store you your can own
AUX another If În the cazul jack sound în source is care too from sunetul loud to “AUX,” the or component emis too you de quiet componenta can connected when change changing conectată the to audio the
from la input mufa • select • taste. While În timp a preset showing ce o imagine picture a playback este tone, redată or picture adjust pe televizor, it on and the store puteţi TV, your you selecta can
own
este prea ridicat sau prea jos, când se schimbă dintr-o
another level AUX altă sursă through jack source is too în „AUX”, the “AUX,” loud or puteţi jack modifica you is too (without can quiet nivelul change when changing de the changing intrare audio the
GR OUP/TITLE input volume from
prin taste. To select o culoare
select a preset presetată
a preset picture sau
picture tone, puteţi or să adjust o reglaţi
tone it şi and să store vă memoraţi your own
SKIP propriile presetări.
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
level). another intermediul through source mufei the to AUX “AUX,” (fără jack a (without you modifica
can change changing nivelul volumului).
the the audio volume input
To select taste.
a preset picture tone
level).
level
While Când through „AUX” the “AUX” este the selectată AUX jack is selected ca sursă... (without changing the volume
Selectarea 1 While playing, display VFP setting screen.
as a source...
To select unei a preset culori picture presetate tone
NORMAL
level).
1
While DVD/AUX the “AUX” is selected as a source...
While
În timpul
playing,
redării,
display
afişaţi ecranul
VFP setting
de setare
screen.
VFP.
LEVEL
VFP
NORMAL
GAMMA 0
AUX LVL1
1 While playing, display VFP setting screen.
While AUX LVL2
BRIGHTNESS 0
DVD/AUX
the “AUX” is selected as a source...
NORMAL
GAMMA NORMAL 0
LEVEL DVD/AUX
VFP10
CONTRAST GAMMA
DVD/AUX AUX LVL1 AUX LVL2
BRIGHTNESS 0
LEVEL
VFP
GAMMA 0
LEVEL
AUX LVL3
VFP
SATURATION
BRIGHTNESS
AUX LVL1 AUX LVL2
10
CONTRAST BRIGHTNESS 0 0
TINT
AUX LVL3
CONTRAST
10
SATURATION CONTRAST 0 0
SHARPNESS SATURATION
AUX LVL3
TINTSATURATION
0 0
AUX LVL1 LVL1 Selectaţi this această when opţiune the sound dacă is sunetul too loud este with
(while holding...)
TINT
SHARPNESS TINT
On the TV
0 0
AUX (nivel LVL1 1) Select prea “AUX ridicat this LVL2” when atunci selected. the când sound este This selectată too setting loud opţiunea with is
SHARPNESS
(while holding...)
SHARPNESS 0
AUX LVL1 “AUX „AUX recommended Select LVL2” this when („AUX selected. when the nivel connecting sound 2”). This Această is setting too an loud setare is audio with
este 2 Select (în On the TV
(while timp a holding...)
ce preset ţineţi apăsată picture tasta) tone. Pe ecranul
recomandată device other la than conectarea a portable unui audio dispozitiv On the TV
recommended “AUX LVL2” when selected. connecting This setting an audio device audio to 2 Select PTY a preset picture PTY tone.
televizorului
la mufa AUX, altul decât un dispozitiv portabil
Selectaţi o culoare presetată a NORMAL imaginii. CINEMA
device
audio.
the recommended AUX other jack. than when a portable connecting audio an device audio to 2 Select a preset picture tone.
PTY PTY
NORMAL CINEMA
USER2
the device AUX other this jack. than a portable audio device to
PTY
PTY
PTY
PTY
when the sound is too loud with
USER1
AUX LVL2 Selectaţi această opţiune dacă sunetul este prea
NORMAL CINEMA
the AUX jack.
(nivel 2) ridicat “AUX
GR OUP/TITLE
atunci LVL3”
SKIP
când selected. este selectată opţiunea „AUX
USER2
AUX LVL2 Select this when the sound is too loud with
USER1
LVL3”(„AUX nivel 3”).
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP USER2
AUX LVL2
AUX LVL3“AUX Select
Select LVL3” this when
this when selected. the sound is too loud with
USER1
listening to a portable audio
, ,
AUX AUX LVL3 Select
Selectaţi “AUX LVL3” device this (initial
această selected.
when setting). listening
opţiune atunci
to a portable
când utilizaţi
audio
un
(nivel 3) dispozitiv audio portabil (setare iniţială)
NORMAL Normally select this.
AUX LVL3 device Select (initial this when setting). listening to a portable audio
NORMAL CINEMA Normally Suitable select for a movie this. source.
DVD/CD device (initial USB setting).
NORMAL
Se selectează Normally în select mod normal. this.
Modificarea modului de scanare
Remote
Remot e CINEMA USER1/USER2 Suitable You can for adjust a movie parameters source. Remot e
USB
and can
ONLY
ONLY
Changing Remot e the Scanning Mode
INFO CINEMA
ONLY
ONLY
DVD/CD
INFO MEMOR Y
Adecvată Suitable pentru for filme. a movie source.
Remote
USER1/USER2 You store can the adjust settings. parameters and can
ONLY Remote
Changing the Scanning Mode
INFO USER1/USER2
Puteţi regla parametrii şi memora setările.
Remote ONLY
This System supports progressive scanning.
USER1/USER2
Acest sistem suportă To remove the screen,
store You
press
the can settings. adjust parameters and can
ONLY
Changing the Scanning VFP again while holding
Select the video – signal
SLOfuncţia W
mode
+ de scanare Mode
INFO
progresivă.
(utilizator1/
This Selectaţi System modul supports de transmisie progressive pentru according scanning. semnalul to the type of your
– SLO W +
SHIFT.
TV. GRIf OUP/TITLE you connect SKIP a TV x2
video
through x5
în funcţie
the VIDEO x10
de To
utilizator2) store the settings.
remove the screen, press VFP again while holding
Select This x20 x60
tipul televizorului the System video supports signal dumneavoastră. mode progressive according În cazul
scanning.
to în the care type conectaţi of your
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
un SHIFT. To remove the screen, press VFP again while holding
TV. OUT Select televizor If you jacks, the cu connect video scanare you can signal a progresivă progressive enjoy mode a high prin according TV mufele quality through VIDEO to picture the the type OUT VIDEO from of (ieşire your
Pentru
the To adjust a şterge the ecranul, picture apăsaţi toneVFP din nou, în timp ce ţineţi
OUT built-in video), jacks, DVD DVD you player-ul can enjoy încorporat by selecting a high vă quality poate “PROGRE.” x2 oferi picture o x5 imagine apăsată SHIFT. tasta SHIFT.
TV. If you connect a progressive TV through the from VIDEO x10 the de x20To adjust x60 the picture tone x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
înaltă calitate dacă selectaţi opţiunea „PROGRE”(progresivă).
1 Select “USER1” or “USER2.”
built-in OUT jacks, DVD player you can by enjoy selecting a high “PROGRE.” quality picture from the Reglarea To adjust culorii the picture imaginiitone
1 Select • Follow “USER1” steps 1 or and “USER2.” 2 explained above.
built-in DVD player SCAN by MODE selecting “PROGRE.”
1 2 • Selectaţi Follow Select a steps “USER1”
parameter 1 and (utilizator1) 2 you explained “USER2.” sau
want to above. “USER2” (utilizator2).
adjust.
SCAN MODE
9
RGB Y/C
• Urmaţi 2 Select
• Follow paşii 1
TV CHa parameter
steps şi 2 de 1 and mai
you
2 sus. explained
want to adjust.
above.
SCAN SCAN MODE MODE
9
RGB PROGRE Y/C
2 Selectaţi
Select a
parametrul
parameter
pe
you
care
want
doriţi
to
să-l
adjust.
reglaţi.
TV CH
9
RGB Y/C
PROGRE
ENTER/SET
TV
TV
CH
CH
PROGRE
GAMMA Reglaţi parametrul ENTER/SET în cazul în care culoarea
(while holding...)
TV CH neutră este luminoasă ENTER/SETsau întunecată
(în timp (while ce ţineţi holding...) apăsată tasta)
ENTER/SET
(între -3 şi +3).
TV CH
(while holding...)
TV CH
ENTER/SET
BRIGHTNESS
TV CH Reglaţi parametrul în cazul în care întreaga
ENTER/SET
ENTER/SET
(luminozitate) GAMMA imagine Adjust este luminoasă if the neutral sau întunecată color is bright or
GAMMA (între Adjust -8 dark şi +8). (–3 if the to neutral +3). color is bright or
CONTRAST GAMMA
Reglaţi RGB For a conventional TV.
BRIGHTNESS dark Adjust parametrul
Adjust (–3 to if the
if the +3). în neutral cazul în color care poziţiile is bright or
îndepărtate entire picture is bright
dark şi (–3 cele to apropiate +3). au o nuanţă
RGB For Select a conventional to send the TV. composite video signals BRIGHTNESS Adjust or dark if the (–8 entire to +8). picture is bright
Pentru un televizor obişnuit.
nenaturală (între -7 şi +7).
RGB
Selectaţi For RGB a to conventional send această signals the opţiune composite through TV. pentru the video SCART a trimite signals
BRIGHTNESS
CONTRAST or Adjust
Adjust dark (–8 if the
if the to +8). entire picture is bright
far and near positions
or semnale terminal. RGB signals video compuse through sau the semnale SCART RGB
SATURATION Reglaţi parametrul în cazul în care imaginea
Select to send the composite video signals (saturaţie) CONTRAST este prea or
Adjust are deschisă dark (–8
unnatural if the sau to +8).
far (–7 and prea to near închisă +7). positions la culoare
Y/C terminal. prin or RGB borna signals SCART. through the SCART
Remot e For a conventional TV.
CONTRAST(între SATURATION are
-7 Adjust şi
Adjust unnatural
+7). if the
if the (–7 far
picture to and +7). near positions
is whitish or
ONLY
Y/C
Y/C
Pentru terminal.
un televizor obişnuit.
For
Selectaţi
Select a conventional to
această
send S-Video
opţiune
TV.
pentru
signals
a
through
trimite
the TINT (nuanţă) Reglaţi are parametrul unnatural în cazul (–7 to în +7). care culoarea
SATURATION Adjust blackish if the (–7 picture to +7). is whitish or
Y/C Select semnale SCART For a to conventional send S-video terminal. S-Video TV.
prin borna signals SCART. through the
pielii umane are o nuanţă nenaturală
SATURATION
TINT (între blackish -7
Adjust
Adjust şi +7). (–7 if the
if the to picture
human +7). is whitish or
skin color is
PROGRESIVĂ
SCART Select to
Pentru For a progressive un terminal. send S-Video signals through the
televizor cu TV. scanare progresivă.
blackish (–7 to +7).
TINT
Adjust unnatural if the (–7 human to +7). skin color is
x2 PROGRE x5 x10 For Selectaţi
SCART x20 a progressive to această
terminal.
SHARPNESS Reglaţi parametrul în cazul în care imaginea
x60 enjoy a opţiune TV. progressive pentru a scanned vă bucura (claritate) TINT
este neclară SHARPNESS unnatural Adjust (între if
Adjust if (–7 the -8
the to şi human
picture +7). +8). skin color is
PROGRE
is indistinct
Select
de picture For o imagine a to progressive enjoy through
scanată a progressive the TV. progresiv
Video Component scanned
prin borna de
out
unnatural (–7 to +7).
x2 x5 x10 ieşire (–8 to +8).
picture terminal. Select x20 a componentelor through to x60 enjoy video.
SHARPNESS Adjust if the picture is indistinct
• Indicatorul PRGR. the a progressive Video se aprinde. Component scanned out
SHARPNESS (–8 Adjust to +8). if the picture is indistinct
terminal. • picture The PRGR. through indicator the Video lights Component up. out
(–8 to +8).
• The terminal. PRGR. indicator lights up.
• The PRGR. indicator lights up.
13
13
13
Remote
ONLY
Changing the Picture Tone
Changing the Picture Tone
Changing the Picture Tone
Remote
ONLY
Remote
ONLY Remote
13

COMPACT
IGITAL AUDI
O
Reglaţi parametrul.
3 Adjust the parameter.
TV CH
TV CH
4 Repetaţi Repeat paşii steps 22 şi to 3 pentru 3 to adjust a regla other şi alţi parameters. parametri.
, , , , ,
Pentru a şterge ecranul, apăsaţi VFP din nou, în timp ce ţineţi
apăsată
To erase
tasta
the
SHIFT.
screen, press VFP again while holding SHIFT.
Reglarea Setting the ceasului Clock
ENTER/SET
Remote
Remot ONLYe
ONLY
INFO
Nu
Without
puteţi utiliza
setting
funcţia
the built-in
Daily Timer
clock,
(Cronometru
you cannot
zilnic)
use
fără
Daily
a seta
ceasul Timers integrat (see page (vezi 29). pagina 29). GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
• To Pentru exit a from părăsi setting meniul the de clock, setare a press ceasului, CLOCK/TIMER
apăsaţi (while TIMER holding (ţinând apăsată SHIFT) tasta required. SHIFT).
• To
Pentru
correct
a corecta
a mis-entry
o greşeală
during
făcută
the
în
process,
timpul procesului,
press CANCEL
apăsaţi
CANCEL (ţinând apăsată tasta SHIFT) sau CLOCK/TIMER
(while (ţinând holding apăsată SHIFT) tasta SHIFT). or CLOCK/TIMER Puteţi reveni la pasul (while precedent. holding
SHIFT). You can return to the previous step.
1 Activaţi modul de reglare a ceasului.
1 Activate the clock setting mode.
2 sec.
CLOCK/TIMER
6
D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-
B PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VO
BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta)
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
DVD/CD USB
Remot e
• • Dacă If you aţi have ONLY reglat already deja ceasul adjusted USBînainte, the apăsaţi clock before, tasta în press mod the
repetat, button repeatedly până DVD/CD când este MEMOR
until selectat Y
the clock modul setting de reglare mode a is ceasului.
2 Setaţi selected. ora.
Main Uni t
2 • Setaţi the ora, ONLY time. apoi minutele.
Remot e
ONLY
• Adjust the hour, then the minute.
* Only while playing back a disc.
*** Doar Only la while redarea playing unui disc. back the following discs:
** Doar
DVD-VR:
la redarea
Program
următoarelor
number/play
tipuri de
list
discuri:
number and chapter
DVD-VR: Numărul programului/numărul listei de redare şi
numărul number. capitolului.
DVD DVD Audio/MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ , , , , ,
ASF/
DivX: ASF/DivX: numărul grupului Group and şi al track/file piesei/fişierului. number.
DVD DVD video: Video: Numărul Title titlului and chapter şi al capitolului. number.
Oprirea
Turning
automată
Off the Power
a sistemului
Automatically
Aşteptare automată
Auto Standby
A.STANDBY
3
Remot e
ONLY
On
Remote
ONLY
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Canceled
(în(while timp ce holding...) ţineţi apăsată tasta)
Când When opţiunea Auto Standby aşteptarea is in automată use, the este A.STBY activată, indicator indicatorul lights
A.STBY(Aşteptare automată) se aprinde pe ecran.
Când
on the
redarea
display.
discului este oprită, indicatorul A.STBY luminează
intermitent. When disc play stops, the A.STBY indicator starts flashing.
Dacă If no nu operation se efectuează is done nicio for operaţie about 3 timp minutes de aproximativ while the 3
minute indicator în timp is flashing, ce indicatorul the System luminează turns intermitent, off (standby) sistemul se
opreşte
automatically.
(intră în modul de aşteptare) automat.
Funcţia Sleep Timer
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Puteţi Sleep seta Timer ora de oprire a sistemului astfel încât să vă culcaţi
fără You a can fi nevoie set the să shut-off îl opriţi personal. time so that you can go to bed
1 without Specificaţi turning ora it (în off minute). yourself.
1 Specify the time (in minutes).
SLEEP
– SLO W +
2
Remot e
ONLY
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
–
ENTER/SET
SLO W + PTY
PTY
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
Acum, Now ceasul the built-in integrat clock funcţionează. starts working.
Pentru a vizualiza ora curentă în timpul redării
De To exemplu: check the La current redarea unui clock disc... time during play
Ex.: While playing a disc...
REC
(în(while timp ce holding...) ţineţi apăsată tasta)
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
10 20 30 60 90 120 150 180
Canceled
2 Aşteptaţi
Wait until
până
the
când
set
ora
time
setată
disappears.
dispare.
Pentru a verifica timpul rămas până la ora de oprire, apăsaţi
tasta To check SLEEP the ţinând time apăsată remaining în acelaşi until timp the tasta shut-off SHIFT. time, press
• SLEEP Dacă apăsaţi while tasta holding în mod SHIFT. repetat, puteţi modifica ora de oprire.
• If you press the button repeatedly, you can change
the shut-off time.
DISPLAY
Source information Disc/file type*
Clock Title and chapter
number**
14
14

Advanced Funcţii avansate Radio ale Operations
, , , radioului , ,
INFO
Telecomandă
Remote control
TA/News/Info (Informaţii
rutiere/ştiri/informaţii)
TA/News/Info
PTY,PTY
DISPLAY
DISPLAY (afişaj)
PTY SEARCH
(Căutare tip de
program SEARCH favorit)
Căutarea Searching unui for program a Program prin byintermediul
Remot e
ONLY
codurilor PTY Remote
PTY Codes ONLY
Puteţi localiza un anumit tip de program din canalele presetate
(vezi You pagina can locate 8), specificând a particular codurile kind of PTY. program from the preset
channels (see page 8)
GRby OUP/TITLE
specifying
SKIP
Căutarea unui program prin intermediul
the
codurilor
PTY codes.
PTY
To search for a program using the PTY codes
1 În timp ce ascultaţi un post FM...
1 While listening to an FM station...
2 sec.
SHIFT
(comutare)
SHIFT
MENU/PL
PTY
SEARCH
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
, , , , ,
Recepţionarea Receiving FM posturilor Stations FM with prin Radio intermediul Data
Remot e
ONLY
sistemului de date Remote radio
ONLY
System
Radio Data System allows FM stations to send an additional
Prin intermediul sistemului Radio Data
signal along with their regular program
GR OUP/TITLE System
signals.
SKIP (Sistem de date
radio) posturile FM pot trimite un semnal adiţional odată cu
semnalele This System obişnuite. can receive the following types of Radio Data
Acest USB sistem poate recepţiona următoarele tipuri de semnale Radio
Data
System
System
signals.
USB (Sistem de date radio).
MEMOR Y
PS (Program Shows commonly known
Service)
station names.
PS (Serviciul Arată numele posturilor cunoscute. –
programelor) PTY (Program Shows types of broadcast
PTY
Type)
(Tipul de Arată
programs.
tipurile de programe recepţionate.
program) RT (Radio Text) Shows text messages the station
RT (Text radio) Arată sends. mesaje text trimise de posturi.
Enhanced Other Other Furnizează Provides informaţii information despre about tipurile the de
Networks
Networks
(Alte programe transmise de posturile Radio
types of the programs broadcast
reţele avansate) Data System ale diferitelor reţele.
by the Radio Data System
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
stations of the different
Afişarea informaţiilor despre networks. sistemul de date radio
În timp ce ascultaţi un post FM...
To show the Radio Data System information
While listening to an FM station...
Remot e
ONLY
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
SLO W +
Remot e
ONLY
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
Main Uni t
ONLY
REC
2 Selectaţi a un PTY cod code. PTY.
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
Remot e
ONLY PTY
3 Începeţi Start searching. căutarea. x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII A
HB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG
P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS IN
PTY
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
MENU/PL
PTY
SEARCH
(în timp (while ce ţineţi holding...) apăsată tasta...)
D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM F
PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL S
BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO
–
15
SLO W +
DISPLAY
PS PTY RT
Frequency
x2 x5 x10 Clock x20 x60
(Non-Radio Data
System signal)
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
PS Station names are displayed. “NO PS” will
PS (Serviciul Sunt afişate numele posturilor. Dacă nu este
programelor) appear trimis if no niciun signal semnal, is sent. pe ecran va apărea mesajul
„NO PS”.
PTY The broadcast program type is displayed. “NO
PTY (Tipul PTY” de Este
will
afişat
appear
tipul
if
de
no
program
signal is
transmis.
sent.
Dacă nu
program) este trimis niciun semnal, pe ecran va apărea
RT Text mesajul messages „NO the PTY”. station sends are displayed.
RT (Text “NO Sunt RT” afişate will appear mesaje if text no trimise signal de is sent. post.
radio) Dacă nu este trimis niciun semnal, pe ecran va
apărea mesajul „NO RT”.
REC
De exemplu: Ex. Când When este “NEWS” selectată is opţiunea selected„NEWS” (ştiri)
Aparatul The receiver caută searches 30 de posturi 30 preset FM presetate, FM stations, se opreşte stops atunci when
când it finds îl găseşte the one pe you cel have selectat selected, şi intră pe and frecvenţa tunes in acelui to that
post.
•
station.
Dacă nu este găsit niciun post, pe afişaj apare mesajul
• If “NOTFOUND”(„Nu no program is found, a fost găsit”). “NOTFOUND” appears on the
• display. Pentru a opri căutarea în orice moment al <strong>acest</strong>eia, apăsaţi
• To PTY stop SEARCH searching (Căutare any time PTY) during (ţinând apăsată search, press tasta PTY
SEARCH
SHIFT).
(while holding SHIFT).
Pentru a continua căutarea după ce aceasta s-a oprit în
To dreptul continue unui searching post nedorit after it stops on an unwanted
station În timp ce indicatorii de pe afişaj luminează intermitent,
apăsaţi din nou PTY SEARCH (Căutare PTY) (ţinând apăsată
While
tasta
the
SHIFT).
indications on the display are flashing, press PTY
SEARCH again (while holding SHIFT).
15

, , , , ,
Comutarea Switching Temporarily temporară automată a Program la programul of
Remote
Remot e
ONLY
ales personal
ONLY Remote
Your Choice Automatically ONLY
Funcţia The Switching Enhanced Temporarily Other Networks to (Alte function a reţele Program allows avansate)
the of
System
permite to to switch sistemului temporarily să comute to to a preset temporar FM la station un post broadcasting FM presetat
a
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Remote
care program Your transmite Choice of of your programul choice Automatically
ales personal de or dumneavoastră ONLY
(TA, NEWS, or INFO). (TA
(informaţii rutiere), NEWS (ştiri) sau INFO (informaţii)).
• to an The This Această Enhanced function
funcţie Other works este operaţională Networks while listening function în timp
to
ce
an allows ascultaţi
FM station the un System post
to providing FM switch care temporarily furnizează the required semnalele to signals. a preset necesare. FM station broadcasting a
program of your choice (TA, NEWS, or INFO).
În While timp listening ce ascultaţi to to an un an post FM station, FM, selectaţi select tipul the de program.
• This function works while listening to an FM station type.
providing the required signals.
SET UP
Switching Temporarily SET UP TA to a Program NEWS INFO of
TA/News/
Info TA/News/
While listening to an FM OFF
Info station, select Remote
the program type.
Your Choice Automatically (Canceled)
ONLY
The Enhanced Other SET UP Networks TA function NEWS allows the INFO System
(while TA/News/
to (while switch (în timp holding...) temporarily ce ţineţi apăsată to
Info
a preset tasta...) FM station OFFbroadcasting a
program of your choice (TA, NEWS, or (Canceled) INFO).
• in TA This TA(informaţii
function Traffic Anunţuri works announcement while despre listening traficul in din to your zonă an FM areastation
GR OUP/TITLE Switching rutiere) SKIP
providing
NEWS
(while holding...) the Temporarily required signals. to a Program of
News
NEWS (ştiri) Ştiri
Remote
While
Your INFO TA listening
Choice Program Traffic Scopul to
Automatically ONLY
an announcement the programului FM purpose
station, este of of
select in which de your a the oferi area is is
program to to recomandări
impart
type.
The (informaţii) Enhanced advice Other cât mai in in Networks variate the widest function sense allows the System
to
NEWS
switch temporarily
NewsSET UPto a preset TAFM station NEWS broadcasting INFO a
Remot e
TA/News/ ONLY
program Cum funcţionează opţiunea Enhanced Other Networks
(Alte INFO
of your
reţele avansate)
Program
choice Info
(TA,
purpose
NEWS, of which
or OFF INFO).
is to impart
• How This the function Enhanced Other Networks function works:
advice
works
in
while
the widest
listening
sense
to
(Canceled)
an FM station
– SLO W + providing the required signals.
CASE 1
CAZUL
If
(while holding...)
is x2 x5 x10 x20 x60 of While If a station not broadcasting the program of your
În How cazul the listening în Enhanced care un to post an Other FM nu station, transmite Networks select programul function the program ales works: de type.
dumneavoastră
choice TA Traffic announcement in your area
x2 x5 x10in to x20 x60
Sistemul The System continuă continues să recepţioneze tuning in postul to the curent. current CASE 1
station.
SET UP
TA NEWS INFO
«
When
If NEWS a station a News
station
is not starts
broadcasting TA/News/
broadcasting
the the
program program
of of
your
Când un post începe să
Info
transmită programul OFF ales de
your
dumneavoastră, choice,
choice
the System automatically (Canceled)
INFO Program sistemul the comută purpose automat of switches which la acel to
is to post. to that impart
station.
Indicatorul The
The PTY
System codului code
continues indicator PTY luminează tuning starts flashing. intermitent. to the current station.
advice the widest sense
«
When (while
When a holding...)
La terminarea station
the program
programului, starts is is broadcasting
over,
sistemul the System
se the întoarce program goes
la back
postul of to your
to the
recepţionat choice, the anterior,
previously System
tuned însă automatically funcţia
station, but rămâne
the switches activă
function (indicatorul that
still station. nu
mai remains
The How TAluminează PTY the Enhanced
active code
Traffic intermitent
(the indicator
announcement Other şi
indicator starts rămâne Networks
stops flashing. aprins).
your function area works:
flashing and remains lit).
CAZUL «
CASE
2
CASE When
NEWS
the 1
2 program
News
În
is over, the System goes back to the
If If
previously If
cazul a station
în care
station
tuned is
is
is not
un post
broadcasting
station, broadcasting
transmite programul
but the
the function the program
ales
program
still of of your
remains of
de
your
dumneavoastră
choice
Sistemul The
active choice
INFO Program the purpose of which is to impart
System
(the comută indicator automatically
automat stops la postul switches
flashing respectiv. to and
to the
remains Indicatorul
station.
lit).
The
codului
PTY
PTY The luminează System
advice
code continues
in the
intermitent.
indicator starts tuning
widest
in to
sense
the current station.
CASE 2 flashing. «
La «
If When a terminarea station a station
When is programului, broadcasting starts broadcasting
program is is sistemul
over, the
the program se the întoarce program
System of la
goes your postul of your
back to choice
recepţionat the
The choice, How the
System the Enhanced anterior, System
previously automatically
însă automatically Other funcţia Networks
tuned station, switches
rămâne switches
but the to
activă function
the station.
(indicatorul that works:
function still The station. PTY
nu
mai remains
code The luminează PTY indicator code intermitent
active (the starts indicator şi
indicator flashing. starts rămâne flashing. aprins).
CASE 1 stops flashing and remains CAZUL 3
lit).
«
CASE When If a station the 3
program is not broadcasting is over, the System the program goes back of to your
În cazul în care postul curent transmite programul ales the
de
dumneavoastră
If If previously choice
the station tuned currently station, tuned but the
in in function
is is broadcasting still remains
Indicatorul
the
program active The System (the codului
of of indicator continues PTY
your choice
stops luminează tuning flashing intermitent. to the and current remains station.
lit).
«
La The PTY code indicator starts CASE When terminarea a 32
station programului, starts broadcasting indicatorul flashing. nu the mai program luminează of your
intermitent «
When If choice,
the a station station
the (funcţia System
the is
program
currently broadcasting rămâne automatically în continuare
is is over,
tuned the
the indicator
in program switches activă).
is broadcasting of to that
stops your station.
flashing
the choice
(the
function
program The System PTY code still
of automatically your
indicator remains
choice
starts switches flashing. to the station. The PTY
active).
The code PTY indicator code starts indicator flashing. «
When the program is over,
starts
the
flashing.
«
System goes back to the
When previously the program tuned station, is over, but the the indicator System function goes stops still back flashing remains to the (the
function previously active (the still indicator tuned remains station, stops active). but flashing the function and remains still remains lit).
16 active
CASE
(the
2
indicator stops flashing and remains lit).
CASE If a station 3 is broadcasting the program of your choice
Description of the PTY codes
Descrierea
NEWS:
codurilor
News.
PTY
NEWS: News.
AFFAIRS: Topical Topical program program expanding or or enlarging enlarging
NEWS (ştiri): upon the ştiri.
or analysis.
AFFAIRS
upon the news—debate, or analysis.
Description INFO: (AFACERI): of the PTY programe the codes purpose speciale of care which prezintă is to pe impart larg
INFO: Programs
advice in
ştirile- the
the widest
dezbaterea purpose
sense.
sau of which analizarea is to ştirilor. impart
INFO NEWS: (informaţii): News. advice in scopul the widest programelor sense. este de a oferi
SPORT: SPORT: AFFAIRS: Topical Programs recomandări program concerned expanding cât
with
mai with variate
any any or aspect aspect enlarging of of
SPORT: sports. sports. upon the programe news—debate, legate diverse or analysis. aspecte din
INFO: EDUCATE: Educational Programs sport. the programs. purpose of which is to impart
EDUCATE DRAMA: DRAMA: (EDUCAŢIE): All advice All radio radio in programe plays plays the widest and and educative. serials. serials. sense.
DRAMA SPORT: CULTURE:
(TEATRU
Programs concerning concerned any with any aspect aspect any aspect of of national national of
RADIOFONIC): or regional toate culture, scenetele including şi serialele transmise prin
sports. regional
theater, radio.
culture, including language,
etc.
CULTURE EDUCATE: (CULTURĂ): Educational theater, programe etc. programs.
about
legate
natural
de
sciences
orice aspect
and
al culturii
Description
SCIENCE: DRAMA:
of
All Programs the
radio
PTY naţionale plays about
codes
and sau natural serials. regionale, sciences inclusiv and limba,
CULTURE: Programs technology. teatrul, concerning etc. any aspect of national
SCIENCE VARIED: NEWS: VARIED: (ŞTIINŢĂ): Used News. Used or regional for for programe mainly mainly culture, despre speech-based including ştiinţe naturale language, programs programs şi
AFFAIRS: such Topical such theater, as as tehnologie. program quizzes, etc. quizzes, expanding panel panel games games or and enlarging and
VARIED SCIENCE: (DIVERSE):
personality upon Programs the utilizat news—debate, about interviews. în special natural pentru sciences or programe analysis. and vorbite,
POP INFO: POP M: M: technology.
Programs Commercial
cum the ar music music
fi purpose emisiunile of of current current of concurs, which popular popular
jocuri is to şi impart
VARIED: appeal. Used appeal. advice for in interviuri
mainly the widest cu personalităţi.
speech-based sense.
POP
programs
ROCK SPORT:
M (MUZICĂ M: POP):
ROCK M: Rock Rock such Programs music. muzică
as music. quizzes, concerned
comercială
panel with
pe gustul
games any aspect
majorităţii.
and of
ROCK
EASY
M
EASY M:
(MUZICĂ
M: Current Current contemporary music music considered to
ROCK): personality sports.
muzică interviews. rock.
to
EASY
be be Description POP EDUCATE: M M: (MUZICĂ of
Educational Commercial the “easy-listening”. PTY
programs. music codesof current popular
AMBIENTALĂ):
LIGHT LIGHT DRAMA: M: M: Instrumental appeal. All radio muzică plays music, music, contemporană and serials. and and vocal vocal curentă or or choral considerată choral
NEWS: ROCK CULTURE: M: works. Programs News. Rock works. music. a fi concerning „uşor de ascultat”. any aspect of national
LIGHT AFFAIRS: CLASSICS: EASY M M: (MUZICĂ
Current Topical Performances regional program contemporary culture, of of expanding major major including music orchestral language, considered enlarging works, works, to
UŞOARĂ):
symphonies, be theater, upon “easy-listening”.
the muzică etc. news—debate, chamber chamber
instrumentală, music, music,
vocală or analysis. etc. sau
etc.
corală.
CLASSICS OTHER INFO: OTHER LIGHT SCIENCE: M: (MUZICĂ
M: M: Music Instrumental Music Programs not not fitting fitting about the music, purpose into into natural and any any of sciences of vocal of which the the or other other is choral and to impart
CLASICĂ):
categories. works. technology.
advice in concerte the widest cu lucrări sense. orchestrale importante,
SPORT: WEATHER: CLASSICS: VARIED: Weather Used Weather Performances Programs simfonii, reports mainly reports concerned muzică
and
de
of speech-based and major forecasts. with cameră,
orchestral any etc. aspect programs works, of
OTHER M (ALTĂ
MUZICĂ):
FINANCE: Stock symphonies, such sports. Stock as Market Market muzică quizzes, chamber reports, reports, care panel nu se commerce, music, încadrează games etc. and în
trading trading niciuna
OTHER EDUCATE: M: etc. Educational etc. personality Music not dintre fitting interviews. programs. celelalte into categorii. any of the other
WEATHER CHILDREN: POP DRAMA: M: (INFORMAŢII
categories. All Commercial Programs radio plays targeted targeted music and at serials. of at current a young young popular
audience.
METEO): SOCIAL: SOCIAL: WEATHER: CULTURE: Programs Weather appeal. Programs informaţii reports concerning about about despre sociology, and vreme forecasts. any şi aspect history, prognoze history, of meteo national
FINANCE
FINANCE: ROCK M: (FINANŢE):
Rock geography, or Stock regional music. Market
informaţii culture, psychology reports,
despre including bursa
commerce, and and
de society. society. language, valori,
trading
comerţ,
EASY RELIGION: M: Religious Current Religious etc. theater, contemporary etc.
programs. music considered to
CHILDREN PHONE CHILDREN: SCIENCE: PHONE IN: (COPII):
IN: Involving Involving be Programs “easy-listening”.
programe members members about pentru
targeted natural of of the tineret.
a the young sciences public public audience.
expressing and
SOCIAL:
SOCIAL: LIGHT M: their Instrumental technology.
their Programs views
programe
views about either
legate
either sociology, by by phone
de sociologie,
phone or history,
at istorie,
a public
geografie,
music,
psihologie
and vocal
şi societate.
choral public
RELIGION
VARIED:
(RELIGIE):
forum. Used geography, works. forum. for
programe
mainly psychology religioase.
speech-based and society. programs
PHONE TRAVEL: CLASSICS: TRAVEL: RELIGION: IN (EMISIUNI Travel Religious such Performances Travel as information. quizzes, programs. of major panel games orchestral and works,
INTERACTIVE):
LEISURE: PHONE IN: Involving symphonies, personality Programs membrii members about about interviews. chamber din recreational public of the music, îşi exprimă public activities. activities. etc. expressing
opiniile, fie
JAZZ: OTHER POP JAZZ: M: M: Jazz Jazz their Music Commercial music. views music. not prin fitting telefon, either music into by fie of printr-un any phone current of the forum popular at other a public. public
TRAVEL COUNTRY:
(CĂLĂTORII): Songs Songs categories. appeal. forum. which which
informaţii originate originate
despre călătorii. from, from, or or continue continue the the
LEISURE WEATHER: ROCK TRAVEL: M: (PROGRAME musical Weather Rock musical Travel music. information. tradition tradition reports of and of the the forecasts. American American Southern
DE
Southern
FINANCE: EASY DIVERTISMENT):
LEISURE: M: States. Current States. Stock Programs Market
programe contemporary about reports,
despre
recreational commerce,
activităţi music considered divertisment.
activities. trading to
JAZZ
NATION
(MUZICĂ
NATION JAZZ: M:
JAZZ):
M: Current Current Jazz etc. be “easy-listening”.
muzică
music. popular
jazz.
popular music music of of the the nation nation or
COUNTRY (MUZICĂ
or
COUNTRY): CHILDREN: LIGHT COUNTRY: M: region Songs Instrumental region Programs in in which melodii
that that targeted music, originate country’s country’s care îşi and
au a from, originea language. young vocal din
or audience. continue choral
sau the
OLDIES: SOCIAL: OLDIES: Music works. musical Music Programs from from continuă tradition about the the so-called tradiţia so-called sociology, of the muzicală American “golden “golden history, a statelor age” age” Southern of of
CLASSICS: popular geography, popular States. Performances americane music. music. psychology of din major sud. orchestral and society. works,
NATION FOLK FOLK NATION RELIGION: M M: M: (MUZICĂ M: Music Current Religious Music symphonies, which which popular programs. has has chamber music its its roots roots music, of the in in the the nation etc. musical musical or
NAŢIONALĂ): OTHER PHONE M: IN: culture Involving culture region Music not of of
muzică
that members a fitting particular particular country’s
populară into of any nation. nation.
curentă the language. of public the a ţării other expressing sau a
DOCUMENT: OLDIES: categories. their Programs Music views regiunii,
from concerning either în limba so-called by phone ţării factual respective.
factual “golden or matters, matters,
a age” public
OLDIES
of
WEATHER: (MUZICĂ
Weather presented popular forum. music. reports in in an an investigative and forecasts. style.
VECHE):
style.
TEST: FINANCE: TEST: FOLK TRAVEL: M: Broadcasts Music Stock Travel Market muzică
which information.
has reports, din
testing
aşa-zisa
testing its roots emergency commerce, „eră de aur”
in the musical
broadcast trading a muzicii
populare.
FOLK LEISURE: M (MUZICĂ
etc. equipment culture Programs of a about or or particular unit. unit. recreational nation. activities.
FOLK): ALARM: CHILDREN: ALARM: DOCUMENT: JAZZ: Emergency Jazz Programs music. muzică concerning targeted announcement.
care îşi at are a factual young rădăcinile matters, audience. în cultura
NONE: SOCIAL: NONE: COUNTRY: No Songs No presented Programs program program which muzicală about in type, type, an originate a investigative sociology, unui undefined anumit from, popor. history,
program, program, style. continue or or the
DOCUMENT TEST: difficult Broadcasts geography, difficult musical to to tradition categorize for psychology testing of the into into emergency American and particular particular society. broadcast Southern types. types.
(DOCUMENTARE):
RELIGION: Religious equipment States. programe programs. or unit.
despre lucruri reale, prezentate
• ALARM: NATION PHONE Classification IN: M: of of Involving Current Emergency the într-un
PTY popular members stil
codes announcement.
music investigativ. for for of some the of the public FM nation stations expressing or
TEST:
may
NONE: be be different from No region their the program views in
transmisii
above
that either type, country’s
pentru by
list. undefined phone testarea
language. or instalaţiei
program, at a public sau a
or
OLDIES: difficult forum. unităţii de emisie urgenţă.
ALARM (ALARMĂ):
Music from to anunţ categorize the
de urgenţă.
so-called into “golden particular age” types. of
NONE
TRAVEL:
(NICIUN COD): popular Travel information.
niciun music. tip de program, program nedefinit sau
• FOLK LEISURE: Classification M: of Music Programs the PTY which dificil about codes has clasificat recreational its for roots some într-un in FM tip the activities. specific. stations musical may
JAZZ: Jazz
be different from
culture music.
the above
of a particular
list.
nation.
DOCUMENT: COUNTRY: Songs Programs which concerning originate factual from, or matters, continue the
• Pentru unele posturi presented musical FM, clasificarea tradition in an investigative of codurilor the American PTY style. poate Southern fi
diferită TEST: faţă de lista Broadcasts States. de mai sus. for testing emergency broadcast
NATION M: Current equipment popular or unit. music of the nation or
ALARM: Emergency region in that announcement.
country’s language.
NONE: OLDIES: No Music program from the type, so-called undefined “golden program, age” or of
difficult popular to music. categorize into particular types.
16

, , , , ,
Unique Funcţii unice DVD/VCD pentru Operations DVD/VCD
Telecomandă
Remote control
Number
Taste numerice
buttons
C.VOICE
ZOOM
ANGLE (unghi)
C.VOICE (voce clară)
, , ,
DVD/CD 3
8
SLOW (lent) ,
AUDIO/MPX
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
SHIFT
SHIFT (comutare)
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
ENTER/SET
/SET
7
(introducere/setare)
PAGE
SUBTITLE
PAGE SUBTITLE
(subtitrare pagină)
Selectarea Selecting piesei the Audio audio Track
Pentru
For DVD
discuri
Video/DivX:
DVD Video/DivX:
While
în
playing
timpul redării
back a
unui
chapter
capitol
care conţine limbi pentru redarea audio, puteţi selecta limba
dorită. containing audio languages, you GR can OUP/TITLE select SKIP the language to
Pentru listen to. discuri DVD Audio: în timpul redării unei piese care
conţine For DVD canale Audio: audio, While puteţi selecta playing canalul back a audio track pe containing care doriţi să
îl audio ascultaţi. channels, you can select the audio channel to listen to.
Pentru discuri DVD-VR şi SVCD/VCD: în timpul redării unei
piese,
For DVD-VR
puteţi selecta
and
canalul
SVCD/VCD:
audio dorit.
When playing back a track,
• you Puteţi, can de select asemenea, the audio selecta channel piesa to audio play. cu ajutorul barei de
• ecran You can (vezi also pagina select 23). the audio track using the on-screen bar
(see page 23).
AUDIO/MPX
2 sec.
În While timpul playing redării unui a DVD disc Video... DVD Video...
De exemplu:
Ex.:
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
1/3
ENGLISH
Remot e
ONLY
2/3
FRENCH
Remot e
ONLY
Remote
ONLY
INFO
1/3 Main Uni t 2/3
3/3
ENGLISH
ONLY
FRENCH
JAPANESE
Remot e
ONLY
3/3
INFO
JAPANESE
–
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
În While timpul playing redării a unui DVD disc Audio/DivX...
DVD Audio/DivX...
De exemplu:
Ex.:
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
SLO W +
1/3
1
2/3
2
3/3
3
În While timpul playing redării a unui DVD-VR, disc DVD-VR or SVCD/VCD...
sau SVCD/VCD...
SVCD
AUDIO/MPX ST1 ST2 L1
R2 L2 R1
DVD-VR/VCD
ST L R
ST1/ST2/ST
To listen pentru to o redare normal stereo stereo obişnuită (2 canale).
(stereo1/ ST (2-channel) playback.
stereo2/stereo)
L1/L2/L To listen to the left audio channel.
L1/L2/L pentru a asculta canalul audio din stânga.
(stâng1/
R1/R2/R To listen to the right audio
staâng2/stâng) channel.
• R1/R2/R SVCD can have pentru 4 audio a asculta channels. canalul SVCD audio usually din dreapta. uses
(drept1/drept2/
these 4 channels to record two 2-channel recordings (ST1/
drept)
ST2).
• Un disc SVCD poate avea 4 canale audio. SVCD utilizează de
obicei <strong>acest</strong>e 4 canale pentru a realiza două înregistrări prin
2 canale (ST1/ ST2).
17
17

1/3
1
2/3
2
3/3
3
Selecting the Subtitle Language
Selectarea limbii de redare a subtitrării
Remote
ONLY
For DVD Video/DivX Ultra: While playing back a chapter
containing subtitles in different languages, you can select the
Pentru discuri DVD Video/DivX Ultra: În timpul redării unui
capitol
subtitle
care
language
conţine
to
subtitrări
display
în
on
limbi
the
diferite,
TV.
puteţi selecta limba
de For redare DVD-VR: a subtitrării While care playing, va fi redată you pe can ecranul turn the televizorului. subtitles on
Pentru or off. discuri DVD-VR: în timpul redării, puteţi activa şi
dezactiva For SVCD: subtitrările. While playing, you can select the subtitles even
Pentru if no subtitles discuri SVCD: are recorded în timpul on redării, the disc. puteţi selecta subtitrările,
chiar • You dacă can pe also disc select nu sunt the înregistrate subtitle language subtitrări. using the onscreen
Puteţi, de bar asemenea, (see pageselecta 23). limba de redare a subtitrării cu
•
ajutorul barei de ecran (vezi pagina 23).
While playing a DVD Video/DivX Ultra...
În timpul redării unui disc DVD Audio/DivX Ultra...
1
PAGE
SUBTITLE
, , , , ,
1/3
ENGLISH
1/3
ENGLISH
Remot e
ONLY
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Remote
ONLY
Selecting the View Angle
Selectarea unghiului de vizualizare
ONLY
For DVD Video only: While playing back a chapter
Doar containing pentru multi-view discuri DVD angles, Video: you în timpul can view redării the unui same capitol scene
care from conţine different vizualizare angles. din mai multe unghiuri, puteţi viziona
aceeaşi • You can scenă also privită select din the unghiuri multi-view diferite. angles using the onscreen
• Puteţi, de
bar
asemenea,
(see page
selecta
23).
vizualizarea din mai multe
unghiuri cu ajutorul barei de ecran (vezi pagina 23).
În While timpul playing... redării…
De exemplu:
Ex.:
1/3
1
, , , , ,
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
2/3
2
ANGLE
8
3/3
3
Remot e
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
2
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
, , , , ,
TV CH
De Ex.: exemplu:
în While timpul playing redării unui a DVD-VR... disc DVD-VR...
în While timpul playing redării unui an SVCD... disc SVCD....
DVD/CD USB
18
1/3 2/3
3/3
ENGLISH
TV CH
1/3 2/3
ENGLISH FRENCH JAPANESE
PAGE
SUBTITLE
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
–
SLO W +
FRENCH
ON
PAGE
SUBTITLE
DVD/CD
ON
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
USB
MEMOR Y
Selectarea Selecting the imaginilor Browsable statice Still navigabile Pictures
Doar For DVD pentru Audio discuri only: DVD While Audio: playing în timpul back redării a track unei piese linked to
corelate
browsable
cu imagini
still pictures
statice navigabile
(B.S.P.), you
(B.S.P.),
can
puteţi
select
selecta
the still
imaginea statică (pagina – SLO următoare) W + care să fie afişată GR pe OUP/TITLE ecranul SKIP
picture (turn the page) to be shown on the TV screen.
x2 x5 x10 x20 televizorului. x60
x2 x5 x10 x20
3/3
•• If În a cazul track în is care linked o piesă to browsable este corelată still cu pictures imagini statice (B.S.P.), they
are navigabile usually (B.S.P.), shown <strong>acest</strong>ea automatically sunt, de during obicei, playback. afişate automat în
x2 JAPANESE x5 x10 x20 x60
• You timpul can redării. also select the page using the x2 on-screen x5bar (see x10 x20
• Puteţi de asemenea selecta pagina cu ajutorul barei de ecran
page
(vezi pagina
26).
26).
La
JAPANESE
Each fiecare time apăsare you press
a the tastei button (ţinând (while
PAGE apăsată tasta SHIFT),
SUBTITLE
imaginile
holding
statice
SHIFT),
se
the
schimbă still picture consecutiv changes
, , , , , (dacă one after opţiunea another este (if
disponibilă). available).
(în (while timp ce holding...) ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
OFF
OFF
Remot e
ONLY
Redarea Playing Back grupului Bonus bonus Group
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Remot e
ONLY
Remote
ONLY
Remot Remote e
ONLY ONLY
Remot e
ONLY
Doar For DVD pentru Audio discuri only: DVD Some Audio: DVD unele Audio discuri discs DVD Audio have a
conţin
special
un
group
grup special
called
numit
“bonus
„grup
group”
bonus”,
whose
al cărui
contents
conţinut
are
nu
not
este disponibil publicului.
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
• open Pentru to the a reda public. un grup bonus, trebuie să introduceţi “numărul
• To secret” play specific back a (un bonus fel de group, parolă) you al grupului have to enter bonus. the specific
Remot e
“key Numărul number” secret (a este kind obţinut of password) în funcţie de for tipul the discului.
ONLY
bonus group.
The way of getting the key number depends on the disc.
1 Selectaţi grupul bonus.
• Grupul Select bonus the bonus este înregistrat, – group. SLO W + de obicei, ca ultimul grup (de
exemplu, • The bonus dacă group un disc is conţine usually 4 grupuri recorded care x2 as includ the last x5 un bonus group x10 x20
grup, (for “grupul example, 4” este if a grupul disc contains bonus). 4 groups including a
• Pentru mai multe detalii privind selectarea grupului, vezi
bonus group, “group 4” is the bonus x2 group). x5 x10 x20
“Selectarea unui titlu/grup” de la pagina 9.
• For how to select the group, see “To select a title/group”
on page 9.
Continued on the next page
Continuare pe pagina următoare
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
18
DVD/CD
USB

Connect only component cord or scart cord at one time.
Red
When connecting a portable audio device (AU
Stereo mini plug
(not supplied)
At the fro
panel
22 Enter Introduceţi the key numărul number. secret.
Redarea la viteză playback scăzută
Enter the key number.
Slow-motion playback
• This • Această does not opţiune function nu
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY
•• This does not function •
funcţionează
By for for using MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
QP
pentru
Link (Quick
discurile
Portable
în format
Link), you can
DIMMER
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
discs.
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX.
1 2 3
11
22
33
Green
ENTER/SETComponent video cord discs.
start playing back a portable audio device on this
3D PHONIC C.VOICE CLOCK/TIMER ENTER/SET
3D 3D PHONIC
C.VOICE
CLOCK/TIMER
(not supplied) 1 În timpul redării… page 10 for details.
4 5 6
44
5 6
1 While playing...
• 5To select 6 progressive scanning mode (see page 1 While 13), use playing...
• If an external device is not equipped with a stereo
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE
ZOOM ZOOM ANGLE
SCAN SCAN MODE MODE
7 8 VIDEO 9 OUT jacks.
audio Still Începe picture playback starts.
7
88
9
Still
9
output, picture redarea use playback a imaginii plug adaptor statice. starts.
to convert the ste
CANCEL
CANCEL
• This connection sends
plug to the corresponding plug of the audio output
0
00
the video signal
(Composite, Y/C, or When connecting a USB mass storage class de
33 Follow Urmaţi Follow the instrucţiunile the interactive interactive interactive instructions instructions afişate shown shown pe ecran. on on the
on the
RGB) and 2 2 receives
Select Selectaţi slow audio slow viteza motion motion de redare speed. speed.
scăzută.
screen. screen.
, , Pentru , , a anula opţiunea de introducere a numărului secret,
signal from TV.
–
To listen
SLOW + Forward slow motion starts.
–
SLOW + Forward Începe USB redarea cable
slow motion înainte starts. cu viteză redusă.
apăsaţi .
to the TV sound, see
(not supplied)
At the f
To cancel the key number entry, press 7.
1/32 1/16 1/8 1/4 1/2
To cancel the key number entry, press 7. 7.
1/32 1/16 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 panel
page 8.
Recepţionarea clară a conversaţiilor—Clear
Reverse slow motion* starts.
Making Remot e
Remote
Voice
Scart Voice
cord (not supplied)
Reverse Începe redarea slow motion* înapoi cu starts. viteză redusă*.
Remote
ONLY
ONLY Remote
Making Dialogues Clear—Clear Voice ONLY ONLY
• You
1/32
1/32 can
1/16
connect 1/16
1/8 1/8 a 1/8 USB
1/4
mass 1/4 1/4 storage
1/2
1/2 1/2 class device
COMPACT
When you play back a • After disc or connecting USB mass a storage TV, select class the proper video signal mode
When La redarea you unui play disc back sau a a disc unui or dispozitiv USB mass USB storage de stocare class
în masă, * Only available for DVD USB Video. flash memory device, hard disk drive, multim
DIGITAL AUDI O
device, puteţi îmbunătăţi
you can make calitatea
the according vocilor
singer’s to interpreţilor
voices the connection or sau
dialogues method.
or a dialogurilor
of the See “Changing * Only Disponibilă available the doar for pentru DVD discurile Video. DVD Video.
device, you can make the singer’s voices or dialogues of of the
reader, etc. to this System. See pages 9 and 33 for
movie GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
- Clear clear—Clear Voice (Voce clară). Voice. Scanning Când When Mode” opţiunea Clear on Clear Voice page Voice is 13. in
is (Voce use,
in clară) the
To resume normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
movie clear—Clear Voice. When Clear Voice is in use, the To Pentru resume a reveni normal la redarea • playback, If you normală, press press USB apăsaţi DVD/CD MEMORY DVD/CD 3.
3, . the System dete
C.VOICE C.VOICE
este activată, indicator indicatorul lights C.VOICE on the se display. aprinde pe afişaj.
indicator lights on on the display.
USB mass storage class device and the control sc
• This •
Această function funcţie works este for operaţională center-channel To connect pentru encoded discurile the powered multi-canal channel canal central discs and şi discurile 2-channel cu 2 discs canale with care 3D au Phonic activată funcţia 3D
subwoofer
cu To replay the previous scenes
• This function works for center-channel encoded channel (One-Touch
To Redarea replay scenelor the previous anterioare appears scenes
on (One-Touch the TV screen. Replay See page 27 for details
Phonic.
discs and 2-channel discs with 3D Phonic
SUBWOOFER
(One-Touch – redare cu o Replay) Replay) singură • You atingere) cannot connect a computer to the USB MEM
OUT
activated.
From the powered
activated.
• This • function is only used while playing DVD Video/
This function is is only terminal used while of the playing System. DVD Video/
subwoofer
• Această funcţie este utilizată doar redarea discurilor DVD
DVD-VR. DVD-VR.
Video/ DVD-VR.
C.VOICE (not supplied) C.VOICE
C.VOICE
C.VOICE
While While playing back... Preparing the remote control
În timpul playing redării… back...
5 5
The subwoofer connected can reproduce the bass sounds
The Poziţia The playback position moves
playback de redare position se derulează moves
cu
Off
, , recorded , , in front , left and Off right channels, but cannot
back aproximativ
back about 10 seconds before the
about
10 10
secunde
10 seconds
înainte
before the
current de poziţia
current position curentă (only (doar within în cadrul
reproduce the LFE signals in DVD multi-channel discs.
the
position (only within the
scart cord at (while (în timp holding...) When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
aceluiaşi titlu).
ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
same title).
(while one time. holding...) • Before plugging the unit to the main supply, make sure that same title).
the Stereo powered mini subwoofer
Remote plug is turned off.
Special Remote
e
Effect ONLY Remote INFO At the front
Special ONLY
Redarea Effect efectelor Playback ONLY INFO
speciale (not supplied)
INFO
E Red
panel
SKIP
Zoom
Pause Pause Întreruperea playback @ Digital audio component
playback
redării
1 1 While În playing back...
While
timpul playing
redării…
back...
Blue
To pause:
To resume GR OUP/TITLE normal SKIP
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
To pause:
To resume normal
ZOOM
Pentru a întrerupe redarea: Pentru playback: a reveni la redarea
ZOOM
ZOOM 1 ZOOM 2 ZOOM 3 ZOOM 4
playback:
Protective cap
• Dispose of batteries in the proper manner, accordi
ZOOM 11
ZOOM 22 ZOOM 33 ZOOM 44
normală:
7
7
Remot e
While ONLY
În timpul
playing... • By using QP Link (Quick Portable Link), you can easily
federal, state, and local regulations.
ZOOM OFF ZOOM 6 ZOOM 5
While playing...
redării...
ZOOM OFF OFF ZOOM 66 ZOOM 55
t video cord
start playing back a DVD/CD portable DVD/CD
audio device on this unit. See
DO NOT recharge, short, disassemb
ied)
page 10 for details.
(while holding...)
the battery or dispose of it in a fire.
+
(while (în timp holding...)
ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
de (see page 13), use • If an external device is not equipped with a stereo mini plug
x2 x5 x10audio x20 output, x60
• Set “DIGITAL use AUDIO a plug adaptor OUTPUT” to convert in the 2“AUDIO” the Move stereo the mini zoomed-in position.
Move menu When using the remote control
2 Deplasaţi the poziţia zoomed-in mărită. position.
This connection playback plug to the corresponding plug of the audio output.
TV CH
Frame-by-frame sends correctly according to the connected digital audio
Point the top of the remote control toward the remo
x2 x5 x10playback
TV x20 x60
TV CH CH
Redarea cadru cu cadru 2 sec.
the video signal
equipment (see page 32). If the setting is incorrect, loud as directly as possible. If you operate it from a dia
1 While playing...
(Composite, 1 Y/C, În While timpul or playing...
redării… When noise may connecting be generated a USB causing mass damage storage to class the device speakers. position, the operating range (approx. 5 m) may be
PTY
PTY
PTY
Still picture playback starts.
PTY
PTY PTY
RGB) and receives audio Still Începe picture redarea playback imaginii statice. starts.
signal from TV. To listen USB cable
TV CH
to the TV sound, see
(not supplied)
TV TV CH CH
5
At the front
panel
page 8.
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
2 2 Advance Derulaţi Advance imaginea the the still still picture statică picture Remot e
cadru frame frame cu by cadru. by frame.
by frame.
ONLY
To cancel Zoom, press ZOOM (while holding SHIFT)
ied)
To Pentru cancel a anula Zoom, funcţia press Zoom, ZOOM apăsaţi (while tasta holding ZOOM SHIFT)
în mod
• You can connect a USB mass storage class
repeatedly
device repeatedly repetat until “ZOOM OFF” appears on the TV.
such (ţinând as until a apăsată “ZOOM şi tasta OFF” SHIFT), appears până on on când the TV. pe ecranul
roper video signal mode
USB flash memory device, hard disk drive, multimedia
televizorului
card
apare mesajul “ZOOM OFF” (zoom dezactivat).
Main Uni t
d. See “Changing the
ONLY
reader, etc. to this System. Remot See e pages 9 and 33 for details.
ONLY
To To Pentru resume normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
resume a reveni normal la redarea • playback, If you normală, press press USB apăsaţi DVD/CD MEMORY DVD/CD 3.
3, . the System detects the
USB mass storage class device and the control screen
d subwoofer 19
– SLO W + appears on the TV screen. See page 27 for details.
19
SUBWOOFER
• You cannot x2connect x5 a computer x10 to x20 the USB x60MEMORY
OUT
terminal of the System.
Blue
19

Advanced
Funcţii
Playback
avansate de
Operations
, , redare , , ,
Telecomandă
Remote control
Number
buttons
Taste numerice
ZOOM
TOP MENU/PG
TOP (meniul/pagina MENU/PG
de sus)
USB MEMORY USB
MEMORY (memorie USB) 3
DVD/CD 3
8
1
FM/PLAY MODE
(modul MODE FM/redare)
SHIFT
SHIFT (comutare)
CANCEL
(anulare)
MENU/PL (meniu/
listă de redare)
, , , ,
ENTER/SET
(introducere/setare)
ON SCREEN
(afişare)
7
4,¢
REPEAT A-B A-B
(repetare REPEAT A-B)
Programarea Programming ordinii the Playing de redare—Program Order Play
Remot e
Remote ONLY
(redarea
ONLY
—Program programului)
INFO
Play
INFO
Puteţi
You can
stabili
arrange
ordinea
the
de
playing
redare a
order
capitolelor
of the
sau
chapters
a pieselor
or
(maxim
tracks
99) înainte începerea redării.
(up to 99) before you start playback. GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
• Funcţia Program Play ( redarea programului) nu poate fi
• Program utilizată pentru play cannot discuri DVD-VR/JPEG/ be used for DVD-VR/JPEG/
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX şi fişiere aflate pe un dispozitiv and USB files de in stocare a USB în mass masă.
• storage Funcţia de class reluare device. a redării nu este operaţională pentru funcţia
Program Play (redarea programului).
• Resume does not work for Program Play.
1 Înainte de începerea redării, activaţi funcţia Program Play
1 (redarea Before programului). starting playback, activate Program Play.
FM/PLAY
MODE 2 sec. PROGRAM RANDOM
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Canceled
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
Remot e
ONLY
Pe On afişaj the display
REC
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
–
SLO W +
Main Uni t
PROGRAM
ONLY
No Group/Title Track/Chapter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Remot e
ONLY
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
Unitatea
Main unit
principală
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
Pe On ecranul the TVtelevizorului
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
20
Listening to the Radio
INFO
DVD/CD To #/8
Listening select the to band the Radio (FM or INFO AM)
USB MEMORY
USB
MEMORY (memorie To Remote select USB) #/8
control: the band (FM or Main AM) unit:
Remote control:
Main unit:
FM/AM
4, 7, ¢ 0
FM/AM
To tune in to a station
While FM or AM is selected...
To tune in to a station
Remote control:
Main unit:
While FM or AM is selected...
Remote control: 2 sec. Main unit:
2 sec.
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
DOWN
2 sec.
2 sec.
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
DOWN
Frequency starts changing on the display.
When a station (frequency) with sufficient signal strength is
UP
UP
2 Selectaţi chapters capitolele or sau tracks piesele you pe want care doriţi for Program să le utilizaţi Play.
cu funcţia Program Play (redarea programului).
•
•
Pentru
For DVD
discuri
Video/DVD
DVD Video/DVD
Audio/MP3/WMA/WAV:
Audio/MP3/WMA/WAV:
1 1Selectaţi un a title număr or de group titlu sau number. de grup.
2 2Selectaţi un a chapter număr de or capitol track sau number. de piesă.
3 3Repetaţi Repeat paşii the 1 above şi 2 steps de mai 1 sus. and 2.
• • Pentru For 3 SVCD/VCD/CD:
Select
discuri
a
SVCD/VCD/CD:
preset number for the station you store.
1 1Selectaţi DIMMER piesele. tracks.
SLEEP A.STANDBY Examples:
3 Select a preset number for the station you store.
Pentru To enter a introduce
1the numbers 2
numerele
3 directly: direct: To select preset number 5, press
3D DIMMER PHONIC C.VOICE SLEEP CLOCK/TIMER
A.STANDBY 5. Examples:
DIMMER SLEEP 4 A.STANDBY Examples:
1 25
63
Exemple:
To select preset number 10, 5, press
1 2 3 Pentru To enter a introduce number numărul 5, press 5, 5.
3D ZOOM PHONIC C.VOICE ANGLE CLOCK/TIMER
SCAN MODE
10. 5.
3D PHONIC C.VOICE CLOCK/TIMER
74
85
96
apăsaţi To enter 5. number 10, press 10.
4 5 6 Pentru To
To enter a introduce select preset
number numărul number
15, press 10, 15, 10, press
RETURN ZOOM ANGLE CANCEL SCAN VFP MODE
10,
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE apăsaţi 10.
10
10 1, then 10, 1, then 5.
7 08
9 5.
7 8 9 Pentru To
To enter a introduce select preset
number numărul number
30, press 15, 30, 15, press
RETURN CANCEL VFP
10,
RETURN CANCEL VFP
10 0 10 apăsaţi
10, 3, 1, then apoi 0. 5.
3, then 10.
10 0 10 Pentru To a introduce select preset numărul number 30, 30, press
• You can also use apăsaţi the ¡ 10, or 3, 1 then apoi button. 10.
4 Store • You the can station. also use the ¡ or 1 button.
ENTER/SET
4 Store the station.
ENTER/SET
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
PG PL ST
Continuare
S.TURBO AHB PRO
Continued pe pagina
USB MIC V.MASK
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS on the următoare
C.VOICE
PRGM RNDnext 1 TA NEWS page INFO
To tune in to a preset station
1To Select tune the in to band a preset (FM or station AM).
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
MONO
REC 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
Remote
ONLY
Remote
ONLY
20
REC

• By using QP Link (Quick Portable Link), you can easily
d
start playing back a portable audio device on this unit. See
page 10 for details.
, , , , ,
13), use • If an external device is not equipped with a stereo mini plug
audio output, use a plug adaptor to convert the stereo mini
3 Începeţi Start playback. redarea.
Remote
plug to 3the Start corresponding playback.
e
Remote
plug of the audio output.
Playing at Random—Random Playback starts in the order
ONLY
ion sends
Redarea începe în ordinea
Playing at at Random—Random Play
Playback starts in in the Redarea order în ordine aleatorie—Random Play
nal
DVD/CD
DVD/CD programată.
you have programmed.
you have programmed. Puteţi You can reda play toate all chapters or tracks at random.
Y/C, or When connecting a USB mass storage class device
capitolele You can play sau all piesele all chapters în ordine aleatorie. tracks at at random.
• Funcţia Random Play (redare aleatorie) nu poate fi utilizată
• Random Play cannot be used for DVD-VR/JPEG/
eives audio
pentru discuri
•
DVD-VR/JPEG/
• Random Play
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX,
cannot be be used for DVD-VR/JPEG/
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX, some DVDs and files in the
V. To listen USB cable
anumite DVD-uri MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX, şi fişiere aflate pe un dispozitiv USB some de stocare DVDs and files ini
! TV/monitor
USB mass storage class device.
nd, see
(not supplied)
At the front în masă.
USB mass storage class device.
panel
When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
Connect only component cord or scart cord at one time. 1 Înainte Before de starting începerea 1 Before playback, redării, starting activaţi activate playback, funcţia Random Random activate Play. Play.
Random Play.
Pentru To skip: a trece la nivelul To următor: skip: Pentru To pause: a întrerupe redarea:
To pause: Pentru To stop: a opri redarea:
To stop: Stereo mini plug
At the front
FM/PLAY (not FM/PLAY supplied)
GROUP/TITLE • You can SKIP
connect GROUP/TITLE a USB SKIP mass storage Red class device such as a MODE MODE panel
PROGRAM PROGRAM RANDOM
RANDOM
signal mode
USB flash memory device, hard disk drive, multimedia card
ging the
Canceled
Canceled
reader, etc. to this
Pentru
System.
To release, a dezactiva,
See pages 9 and 33 Blue for details.
press
To release, press
• If you press USB apăsaţi MEMORY DVD/CD 3, . the System detects the
DVD/CD 3.
DVD/CD 3.
USB mass storage class device and the control screen
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONIC QP QP Link Link SL-BANDIII VS CV DC VD DV DAMP3
FMWMA
3DPHONIC
L-BANDIII AM AMFMFM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK S.TURBO C.VOICE AHB AHBPRO
PG PRO PL USB USB ST MIC MIC MONO
V.MASK C.VOICE PG PGPLPLSTST
MONO
fer
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
appears on the TV screen. See page 27 for details. • By using QP Link (Quick PRGR. PRGR. B.S.P. Portable B.S.P.
BONUSPRGM
PRGM Link), RND RND 1 1TA you TA NEWS INFO can INFO easily
1 21 32 3
REC
REC REC
SLEEP
SLEEP
Verificarea To check the conţinutului Green programmed programat contents
A.STBY
FER
• You cannot To check
connect the
a computer programmed
to the USB contents
A.STBY
Component video cord
start playing back a portable audio device on this unit. See
MEMORY
Înainte REC
Before sau or after după playback... redare...
REC REC
terminal Before
of the
or or
System.
after (not playback... supplied)
page 10 for details.
TV CH• To select
TV
progressive
TV CH CH
scanning mode (see page 13), use • If an external GRdevice OUP/TITLE is SKIP not equipped with a stereo mini plug
Preparing the În Start playback.
In ordinea the remote reverse inversă. order. control
2 Începeţi redarea.
2 Start playback.
VIDEO OUT jacks. In In the reverse order.
audio output, use a plug adaptor to convert the stereo mini
Redarea Playback începe starts în in Playback ordine random aleatorie.
• This connection sends
plug to the corresponding plug of the audio output.
starts order. in in random orde
s sounds
Funcţia Random Play (Redare în
TV CH
TV TV CH CH
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
the video signal
ordine
Random
aleatorie)
Play ends se
Random
dezactivează
when Play the
ends when the
not
DVD/CD În In ordinea the programmed programată. USBIn In the (Composite, order.
programmed Y/C, order.
When connecting după entire a USB ce disc a mass fost has redat storage been entire întreg played.
class disc discul.
has device
been played.
el discs.
Remot e
USB
ONLY
ke sure that
DVD/CD MEMOR Y RGB) and receives audio
• You Puteţi can de also asemenea • use • You 4 utiliza can or also ¢ tastele
use to check 4 or sau or signal the ¢ programmed to from pentru to check TV. a
To the listen programmed USB cable
contents. verifica conţinutul contents. programat.
to the TV sound, see
(not supplied)
At the front
Modificarea programului
– SLO W +
panel
page 8.
Pentru
To modify the To program
modify the program
To skip a selecta a chapter/ un
To skip Pentru To a a pause: chapter/ a întrerupe
To pause: To stop:
To stop:
Înainte sau după redare...
x2 Pentru x5 a opri x10 x20
capitol următor/o
track:
piesă
track: redarea:
redarea:
Before or after playback... Before Scart or or cord after (not playback... supplied)
următoare:
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
x2 x5 x10 x20
Pentru To erase a • şterge Dispose
the ultima last To of
track/file: erase the last track/file:
• You can connect a USB mass storage class device such as a
• After connecting batteries piesă/ultimul a TV, in select the fişier: proper the proper manner, video according signal mode to USB flash memory device, hard disk drive, multimedia card
according federal, state, to the and connection local regulations. method. See “Changing the
reader, etc. to this
Pentru
System.
To release, a dezactiva,
See pages 9 and 33 for details.
Scanning Mode” on page press
To release, press
CANCEL
13.
CANCEL
DO NOT recharge, short, disassemble, heat
• If you press USB apăsaţi MEMORY DVD/CD 3, . the System detects the
DVD/CD 3.
DVD/CD 3.
the battery or dispose
0
0
of it in a fire.
USB mass storage class device and the control screen
To connect the powered subwoofer
appears on the TV screen. See page 27 for details.
To Pentru exit a from părăsi To Random meniul exit from Random Play
Random Play (redare Play aleatorie)
SUBWOOFER
DIO” menu When using the remote control
• You cannot connect a computer to the USB MEMORY
OUT
From the powered
Before Înainte sau or after după Before playback... redare... or or after playback...
io (în Point timp ce the (while ţineţi top apăsată of holding...) the remote tasta...)
(while control holding...) toward the remote sensor terminal of the System.
subwoofer
FM/PLAY
ect, loud as directly as possible. If you operate it from a diagonal
FM/PLAY
To erase the entire (not To supplied) erase program:
the entire To program: add another To track/
add another MODE track/
MODE
Pentru a PROGRAM RANDOM
speakers. position, şterge întregul the operating program: range
Pentru
(approx.
a adăuga
5 m)
o altă
may
piesă/ Preparing the remote control
be shorter.
PROGRAM RANDOM
un file alt to fişier the în program:
file to to the program:
Canceled
Canceled
The subwoofer connected can
2
Repeat Repetaţi reproduce step pasul the 2. 2.
2.
sec.
2
Repeat bass sounds step 2.
sec.
recorded in front left and right channels, but cannot
reproduce the LFE CANCEL signals in DVD CANCEL multi-channel discs.
• Before plugging the 0unit to the main 0 supply, make sure that
the powered subwoofer is turned off.
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată (while holding...) tasta...)
To Pentru exit a from părăsi To Program meniul exit from Program Play
Program Play (redarea Play programului)
Before
Înainte sau
or after
după playback... Before redare... Protective cap
or or after playback...
FM/PLAY
MODE MODE
PROGRAM PROGRAM RANDOM
RANDOM
Canceled
Canceled
21
@ Digital audio component
FM/PLAY
• Set “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” in the “AUDIO” menu
correctly according to the connected digital audio
equipment (see page 32). If the setting is incorrect, loud
21
noise may be generated causing damage to the speakers.
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
• Dispose of batteries in the proper manner, according to
federal, state, and local regulations.
DO NOT recharge, short, disassemble, heat
the battery or dispose of it in a fire.
When using the remote control
Point the top of the remote control toward the remote sensor
as directly as possible. If you operate it from a diagonal
position, the operating range (approx. 5 m) may be shorter.
21

• You can also (see select pages the 24 repeat and 25). mode using the on-screen bar change as follows for REP all the STEP discs. REP ALL
(see pages • For 24 MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
and 25).
REP STEP
REP
REP
OFF
ALL
• For MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
DivX, see page 28.
, , , , ,
(Canceled)
REP OFF
DivX, see page 28.
(Canceled)
Repeat Play
A-B Repeat
Repeat Play You can repeat playback.
A-B Repeat You can repeat playback of a desired portion by specifying
You can repeat Remote
* În During timpul redării funcţiilor Play and Program Play (redarea Play, “REP programului) STEP” şi
Remot e
ONLY
Redarea • For
playback. Remote
Remote
repetată DVD Video:
INFO
You
ONLY INFO
Random
can repeat * the During
appears
Play
beginning
instead
(redare
playback Program
of these
aleatorie),
(point of a Play desired A) în locul
portion Random the
<strong>acest</strong>or
ending by Play,
and repeat
indicaţii
specifying (point “REP
modes
apare
B). STEP”
ONLY
Playing Repeatedly
INFO
*
During
During
Program
Program
Play
Play
and
and
Random
Random
Play,
Play,
“REP
“REP
STEP”
STEP”
Remote ONLY
Playing
• For DVD Repeatedly ONLY
Remote INFO
INFO
While Video: playing...
* the During
mesajul beginning Program •“REP A-B appears (point STEP” Repeat Play instead A) (repetare
and cannot of Random the these
pas) be ending used şi
indications, Play,
modurile for (point MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-
“REP
de B). and
repetare
STEP” repeat
se
modes
ONLY
Playing • You Puteţi, can de
Repeatedly
INFO
appears
appears
instead
instead
of
of
these
these
indications,
indications,
and
and
repeat
repeat
modes
modes
also asemenea, select the selecta repeat modul mode de using redare the repetată cu bar change as follows for all the discs.
While
(see ajutorul
playing... • You can also the repeat mode using the on-screen • A-B appears bar modifică Repeat instead pentru 1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX, change cannot toate of as these be follows discurile, used indications, for for după MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-
all some cum the and urmează. discs. DVDs repeat and modes
•
•
You
You
can
can
also
also files in the USB
pages barei REPEAT
select
select
24 de and ecran the
the
A-B
repeat
repeat
25). (vezi paginile mode
mode
using
using
24 şi the
the
25). on-screen
on-screen
bar
bar change
change
as
as
follows
follows
for
for
all
all
the
the
discs.
discs.
• You can also (see Pentru discurile REPEAT select pages the 24 repeat and 25). mode using the
în format GR MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
OUP/TITLE SKIP * on-screen bar 1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX, change as mass follows REP storage for class device.
REP CHAP REP TTL
REP all some the STEP discs.
(see
(see DVDs REP and ALL files in the USB
REPEAT
pages
pages
A-B
24
24
and
and
25).
25).
REP ALL
•(see For MPEG-2/ASF/ REPEAT pages • For 24 and DivX, 25). vezi pagina 28.
mass storage
REP REP
class
STEP STEP
device.
REP REP ALL ALL
•
•
For
For
MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
*
REP CHAP
REP OFF
DivX, see page 28.
REP
REP
OFF
TTL
REP STEP
1 While playing (Canceled) (without REP
REP
PBC OFF
ALL
• For MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
DivX, see page 28.
REP REP OFF OFF
(Canceled) for SVCD/VCD), select
DivX,
DivX,
see
see
page
page
28.
28.
(Canceled)
(Canceled)
1 While playing the start (without
(Canceled)
REP OFF
point REP PBC (A). OFF
DivX, see page 28.
(Canceled) for SVCD/VCD), select
Redare repetată
(Canceled)
Play
Repetare
A-B the start
A-B
point (A).
Repeat Play Play Repeat Play
• For DVD Audio:
A-B Repeat
Puteţi You can repeta repeat redarea.
Puteţi repeta redarea unei anumite porţiuni specificând starts începutul flashing on the
Repeat Play
A-B A-B Repeat
You can repeat playback.
You
You • For can
can DVD repeat
repeat While Audio: playback.
playback. playing or before playback...
A-B (punctul
You Repeat can
A) You repeat
şi sfârşitul can repeat (punctul playback of
B). REPEAT
a desired of starts A-Ba portion desired display. flashing by portion on the by specifying
You
You
can
can
repeat
repeat
playback
playback
of
of a
desired
desired
portion
portion
by
by
specifying
specifying
You •• For Pentru can DVD repeat discuri Video: DVD-Video:
the (point A) and the REPEAT
While playing • For
playback.
or DVD before Video: playback...
You ending (point B).
• Funcţia
can repeat
Repetare
the beginning playback
A-B REPEAT nu
(point of
poate A-Ba desired A)
fi display. utilizată
and portion the
pentru • ending by A- discuri
specifying (point appears în
B). on the
•
•
For
For
în While timpul
DVD
DVD redării…
Video:
Video:
REPEAT A-B
the
the
beginning
beginning
(point
(point
A)
A)
and
and
the
the
ending
ending
(point
(point
B).
B).
• format A-B Repeat MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX cannot REPEAT
• For DVD While Video: REPEAT playing...
be used for REP TRK*
the beginning • A-B (point Repeat A) cannot and the be
REP GRP
• ending used A- for (point appears MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-
TV B). if the on , pentru TV the is turned on.
While
While
REPEAT playing...
playing...
A-B
•
•
A-B
A-B
Repeat
Repeat
cannot
cannot
be
be
used
used
for
for
MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-
MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-
While REPEAT playing...
unele DVD-uri şi fişiere aflate some pe DVDs un dispozitiv and files USB in de the stocare USB
REPEAT 2 A-B sec. REP TRK*
• A-B Repeat 1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX, cannot be used for MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-
REP
REPEAT
* REP
GRP
TV some if the DVDs TV is and turned files on. in the USB
REPEAT A-B
1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX,
1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX,
în mass masă.
some
some
DVDs
DVDs
and
and
files
files
in
in
the
the
USB
USB
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT OFF
storage class device.
REPEAT A-B REPEAT
REP (Canceled) REP
*
1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX, mass storage class some device. DVDs and files in the USB
REPEAT A-B
REP *
* CHAP TTL REP TTL mass
mass
storage
storage
class
class
device.
device.
REPEAT REP REP CHAP CHAP
REP * OFF REP REP TTL TTL
mass storage (while class holding...) device.
REP CHAP (Canceled)
REP OFF
1 În
While
timpul redării (fără opţiunea
PBC
PBC
for
pentru discurile SVCD/
REP
REP
OFF
TTL
(while select
• For CD/SVCD/VCD: (Canceled)
VCD), selectaţi 1holding...)
While
momentul
playing
de
(without
început
PBC
(A).
for SVCD/VCD), select
REP REP OFF OFF
(Canceled)
1 While
While
playing
playing
(without
(without
PBC
PBC
for
for
SVCD/VCD),
SVCD/VCD),
select
select
REP
(Canceled)
(Canceled) OFF
1 While the start 2playing the Select point start (without the (A). point end PBC point (A). for (B). SVCD/VCD), select
• For CD/SVCD/VCD:
While playing (without (Canceled) PBC for SVCD/VCD) or before the
the
start
start
point
point
(A).
(A).
•• For Pentru DVD discuri playback... Audio:
2 the Select start the point end point (A). (B).
While playing • For (without DVD Audio: PBC for SVCD/VCD) or before
Repetare starts luminează starts stops on flashing.
the on the
•
•
For
For
DVD
DVD
Audio:
Audio:
starts
starts
flashing
flashing
on
on
the
the
GR OUP/TITLE • playback... în While For timpul DVD SKIP playing redării While Audio: sau or playing before înainte or de before redare... playback...
REPEAT A-B REPEAT intermitent starts stops A-B
display. • flashing.
pe afişaj. A-B on appears the on the
While
While
playing
playing
REPEAT or
or
before
before
A-Bplayback...
playback...
REPEAT REPEAT
Remot e
While playing REPEAT or before playback...
ONLY
REP TRK*
REPEAT REPEAT
display.
REPEAT
A-B A-B display.
REPEAT
A-B
display.
REP ALL
••
A-B • apare TV. A- pe on ecranul appears the on the
A-BREPEAT A-B
REPEAT
•
• A-
A- appears
appears
on
on
the
the
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT REPEAT
REPEAT A-B REPEAT
GRP
if the • You is can turned search on. for the
*
REP
OFF
ALL
TV. televizorului, dacă
REP TRK*
REP GRP
• A- appears TV if the on TV the is turned on.
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT REP REP TRK TRK*
*
• You televizorul can search end este point for pornit.
REP TRK*
REP REP GRP GRP
TV if
if
the
the
TV
TV
is
is
turned
turned
on.
on.
using the ¡
Main Uni t
REP the
(Canceled)
REP
GRP
TV if the TV is turned on.
ONLY
REP REP button.
OFF OFF OFF
end point using the ¡
(Canceled)
Remot e (Canceled)
(în (while timp ce
ONLY
ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
(Canceled) REP OFF
(while holding...)
• For DVD-VR:
button.
(Canceled)
(while
(while
holding...)
holding...)
(while holding...)
• • Pentru DVD-VR:
discuri • While For CD/SVCD/VCD:
playing •
•
For
For
CD/SVCD/VCD:
CD/SVCD/VCD: an original program...
2 Selectaţi 2the end point – SLO în timpul W +
redării (fără opţiunea PBC PBC for pentru discuri or before
To
momentul Select cancel the A-B
final end Repeat,
(B). point press (B).
•
REPEAT A-B again while
For CD/SVCD/VCD:
While
REPEAT
an playing original (without
A-B
program... PBC for SVCD/VCD) or before
2 Select
Select
the end
end
point
point
(B).
(B).
While
While
playing
playing
(without
(without
PBC
PBC
for
for
SVCD/VCD)
SVCD/VCD)
or
or
before
before
sau înainte playback... de redare...
2To Select cancel holding the A-B end Repeat, SHIFT. point press (B).
While playing
REPEAT
REPEAT (without stops A-B again while
REPEAT A-B x2 PBC x5 for REP SVCD/VCD) x10 CHAP x20 or x60 before REP PG
Repetare stops flashing.
playback...
playback...
holding SHIFT. • A-B Repeat REPEAT will A-B also • be stops
stops
canceled flashing.
flashing. nu mai
playback...
A-B appears when on you the stop play or
REPEAT
REPEAT luminează stops • flashing. intermitent. A-B appears on the
REPEAT A-B REPEAT A-B REP CHAP
REPEAT
REPEAT
REP TRK
REP * OFF
REP PG
skip the chapter or track.
REP
REP
ALL
ALL • A-B Repeat will also be canceled REPEAT
REPEAT A-B REPEAT
TV. when you stop play or
x2 x5 REP (Canceled) x10 TRK x20
*
REPEAT REPEAT
• appears on the
REPEAT
A-B A-B • A-B
A-B
appears on the
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REPEAT
A-B
x60REP ALL
••
A-B apare appears TV. pe on ecranul the
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT REP REP TRK TRK*
*
OFF
skip the chapter or track. • You can • You search can for search the for the
REP (Canceled) TRK*
REP REP ALL ALL
REPEAT TV.
TV.
REP OFF REP
REP
OFF
ALL
TV. televizorului
•
•
You
You
•• You end Puteţi can
can
search
search
can point căuta search end using momentul for
for
the
the
point for the the using final
While playing a Program
REP REP
(Canceled) OFF OFF
the ¡
Main Unit
List... (Canceled)
REP OFF
end
end
point
point
button.
cu ajutorul using
using
tastei the
the ¡
(Canceled)
(Canceled)
.
ONLY
While playing (while
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child button.
Main Lock Unit
•• For Pentru discuri REPEAT
a Program A-B
List... (Canceled)
(în timp ce ţineţi (while apăsată holding...) tasta...)
end point using the ¡
button.
button.
ONLY
• For
REPEAT
DVD-VR:
Prohibiting (while
(while
holding...)
holding...)
Disc Ejection—Child button.
•
•
For
For
DVD-VR:
DVD-VR:
Lock
în REPEAT
While timpul playing redării A-B unui an original program original... REP CHAP REP PL (while holding...)
• For
You can lock the disc tray so that no one can eject the loaded
REPEAT
DVD-VR: While playing an program...
While
While
playing
playing
an
an
original
original REP program...
program... CHAP
You To cancel lock disc. A-B the disc tray press so that no one can A-B eject again the while loaded
REP
REP
OFF
PL
To cancel A-B Repeat, press REPEAT A-B again while
While REPEAT playing A-B REPEAT
an original
A-B
program...
To
To
Pentru
cancel
cancel
a anula
A-B
A-B
Repeat,
Repeat,
funcţia A-B
press
press REPEAT
REPEAT
(Repetare
A-B
A-B
A-B),
again
again
apăsaţi
while
while
tasta
holding
REPEAT
SHIFT.
A-B, ţinând apăsată tasta SHIFT.
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
• This is possible only while the System is on standby.
REPEAT A-B
(Canceled)
disc. holding SHIFT.
REPEAT
REP REP OFF
To cancel A-B Repeat, press REPEAT A-B again while
REP PG
(Canceled)
CHAP REP PG holding
holding • Funcţia SHIFT.
SHIFT.
REPEAT
A-B Repeat (Repetare A-B) va fi, de asemenea, anulată
REPEAT A-B
holding • This A-B is Repeat SHIFT. possible • A-B will Repeat only also while will be also the System be canceled when is you on when standby. stop you play stop or play or
REPEAT REP REP CHAP CHAP REP REP PG PG
REP
REP CHAP* REP CHAP
Repeats OFF REP the current OFF REP REP
chapter. ALL PG •
•
A-B
A-B atunci Repeat
Repeat când will
will opriţi also
also redarea be
be
canceled
canceled sau treceţi when
when peste you capitol you
stop
stop sau play
play piesă. or
or
REP ALL • A-B skip Repeat the While chapter skip will the also or chapter disc track. be tray canceled or track. is closed... when you stop play or
REP REP
(Canceled) OFF OFF
(Canceled)
REP REP ALL ALL
skip
skip
the
the
chapter
chapter
or
or
track.
track.
REP CHAP* While disc tray is closed...
REP Repeats TTLREP (Canceled)
(Canceled) the Repeats current OFFthe chapter.
skip the chapter or track.
current REP title. ALL Blocarea ejectării discului—Child Lock
(Canceled)
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
în REP Main Unit
While timpul TTL
playing redării REP unei Repeats
a TRK*
liste the de Repeats programe... List...
current the title. current track.
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL Main ST MONO Unit
While playing a Program List...
(blocarea împotriva accesului copiilor) Main Unit
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND ONLY 1 TA NEWS INFOONLY1 2 3
While
While
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
REC
REP
playing
playing
TRK*
a Disc Lock
SLEEP
REPEAT A-B REP Repeats
Program
Program
GRP the
List...
List...
Main ONLY Unit
Repeats current the track.
Prohibiting Disc S.TURBO Ejection—Child AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL Main Lock
ST MONO Unit
While playing current group.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
A.STBY
REPEAT
a Program
A-B
List...
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child Lock
ONLY
ONLY
REPEAT A-B
REC
REPEAT
REP
REPEAT
SLEEP
REPEAT A-B
GRP REPEAT
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child Lock
REP Repeats PG REP the Repeats current the group. current REP program. PL You can lock the disc tray so that no one can eject the loaded
A.STBY
REC
REPEAT A-B
REP CHAP REP PL You can lock the disc tray so that no one can eject the loaded
REPEAT REP REP CHAP CHAP REP REP PL PL You
You Puteţi
can
can bloca
lock
lock compartimentul
the
the
disc
disc
tray
tray
so
so pentru
that
that
no
no discuri
one
one
can
can astfel
eject
eject încât
the
the nimeni
loaded
loaded să
REP PG
disc.
REC
REP Repeats REP
ALL the Repeats current CHAP REP the program. disc OFF
You can lock disc.
REP
REP
or program. OFF
PL
(while the holding...) tray so that no one can eject the loaded
disc.
disc. nu poată ejecta discul.
REP REP
(Canceled) OFF OFF
(Canceled)
disc.
This is To cancel only the while prohibition, the System repeat on the REP ALL
same procedure.
REP Repeats PL the Repeats disc or the program.
(while holding...) • This is possible only while the System is on standby.
REP
(Canceled)
OFF current Program List. •
•
This
This • Acest
is possible
possible lucru este
only
only posibil
while
while doar
the
the atunci
System
System când
is
is sistemul
on
on
standby.
standby. se află în
(Canceled)
(Canceled)
• To This aşteptare.
cancel is possible “UNLOCKED” the prohibition, only while appears repeat the System the on the same is display. on procedure. standby.
REP PL
Repeats
(repetare the
capitol) the
current
current
Program
repetă List.
REP CHAP* Repeats the current capitolul chapter. curent.
“UNLOCKED” While the While disc appears the tray disc on tray the is display. closed...
REP CHAP* Repeats the current chapter.
While
While
În timp
the
the
ce
disc
disc
compartimentul
tray
tray
is
is
closed...
closed...
pentru discuri este închis...
REP CHAP* Repeats the current chapter.
REP REP CHAP* TTL (repetare REP Repeats TTLtitlu)
the the Repeats current repetă the chapter. title. current titlul curent.
While the disc tray is closed...
title.
REP
REP
TTL
TTL
Repeats
Repeats
the
the
current
current
title.
title.
22
QP Link S V C V D MP3 QP Link WMA S V3DPHONIC
C D V D MP3 L-BANDIII WMA 3DPHONIC AM FM
REP
L-BANDIII AM FM
REP TTL
REP (repetare Repeats TRK* piesă) the the Repeats current repetă the title. track. current piesa curentă.
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
track.
S.TURBO AHB PROS.TURBO
USB MICAHB V.MASK PROC.VOICE
USB MICPGV.MASK PL ST 22
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM C.VOICE MONO PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGR. PRGM B.S.P. RNDBONUS
1 TA PRGM NEWSRND
INFO
TA1 2 3
REP
REP
TRK*
TRK*
Repeats
Repeats
the
the
current
current
track.
track.
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK PG PL ST MONO
S.TURBO
MONO REC
NEWS INFO 1 2 3
PRGR. QP Link B.S.P. AHB
S V C
PRO BONUS D V D
USB
MP3 PRGM MIC
WMA
V.MASK RND 3DPHONIC
C.VOICE 1 TA NEWS L-BANDIII
PGINFO
PL ST 1 2 3
AM FM
REC
PRGR.
RND 1
REP
SLEEP
REP GRP TRK* GRP REP (repetare Repeats GRPgrup)
the the Repeats current repetă the track. group. current grupul curent.
S.TURBO
B.S.P.
AHB
BONUS
TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
PRO
PRGM
REC
USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL SLEEP ST REC MONO
SLEEP
group.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFOSLEEPA.STBY
1 2 3
A.STBY
REP
REP
GRP
GRP
Repeats
Repeats
the
the
current
current
group.
group.
A.STBY
REC
SLEEP
REP REC
REP PG GRP PG(repetare REP Repeats PG
program) the the Repeats current repetă
the group.
current
programul
program.
curent.
REC A.STBY
REC
REC
REP
REP
REP PG
PG
REP
ALL PG ALL
(repetare
Repeats
Repeats integrală)
the
the
current
current
repetă program.
program.
discul sau programul.
REC
the disc or REP Repeats ALL the Repeats current the program. disc or program.
(while holding...)
REP
REP
REP ALL
ALL
PL (repetare Repeats
Repeats
listă the
the
de disc
disc
or
or
repetă program.
program.
(while
(while(în holding...)
holding...) timp ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
lista de programe curentă. To cancel the repeat the same programe) REP ALL PL
the current List.
To cancel the prohibition, repeat the same procedure.
REP Repeats PL the Repeats disc or the program.
(while holding...)
current Program List. To
To
cancel
cancel
the
the
prohibition,
prohibition,
repeat
repeat
the
the
same
same
procedure.
procedure.
REP
REP
PL
PL
Repeats
Repeats
the
the
current
current
Program
Program
List.
List.
Pentru a anula blocarea, repetaţi această operaţie.
To cancel “UNLOCKED” the prohibition, appears on appears repeat the the on the same display. procedure.
REP PL Repeats the current Program List.
“UNLOCKED”
“UNLOCKED” Pe afişaj apare appears mesajul appears
on “UNLOCKED” on
the
the
display.
display. (deblocat).
“UNLOCKED” appears on the display.
22
22 22 22
22
22

, , , , ,
Utilizarea On-screen barei Bar de Operations ecran
Remot eRemote
ONLY ONLY
INFO INFO
Puteţi You can verifica check informaţiile the disc aflate information pe disc şi and utiliza use unele some funcţii functions prin
intermediul through the barei on-screen de ecran. bar.
Barele On-screen de ecran bars
DVD Video
1 2
3
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
DVD Audio
4
1 2
3
LPCM
DVD-AUDIO GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME 0:00:58
2/0.0ch
TIME OFF TRACK 1/3 PAGE 1/3
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
DVD-VR
4
SVCD
– SLO W +
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
1 2 3
SVCD
TITLE x2 14 CHAP TRACK x5 233
TOTAL TIME x10 1:25:58 0:00:58 x20 x60
TIME OFF ST1 1/3 -/4 1/3 1/3 1/3
4
VCD
1 2 3
VCD
TIME OFF ST 1/3 1/3 1/3
CD
TIME
4
TITLE 14 CHAP TRACK 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
1 2 3
CD
OFF
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
2 sec.
Remot e
ONLY
Main Uni t
ONLY
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Remot e
ONLY
TITLE 14 CHAP TRACK 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
1 2 3
Informaţiile On-screen din Bar bara Information
de ecran
1 Tipul Disc type de disc
2 Informaţii Playback privind information redarea
Indicator Indication Semnificaţii Meanings
Dolby D, LPCM Formatul audio
3/2.1canale, Dolby D, LPCM Numărul Audio format canalului
2/0.0 3/2.1ch, canale 2/0.0 ch Channel number
TITLE 2 Titlul Current curent title
CHAP 3 Capitolul Current curent chapter
GROUP 1 Grupul Current curent group
TRACK 14 Piesa Current curentă track
Titlul Current curent title
Lista Current de redare play list curentă
TOTAL 1:25:58 Afişarea Time indications timpului de redare
3 Moduri Operation de funcţionare modes
Indicator
Indication Semnificaţii Meanings
Redare Playback
/ Căutare Forward/Reverse înainte/înapoi search
/ Derulare Forward/Reverse înapoi/înainte slow-motion cu viteză redusă
Pauză Pause de redare
Redare Stop oprită
4 Pictograme Function icons de funcţionare (on the pull-down (în meniul menu) care se trage în jos)
Indicator Indication Semnificaţii Meanings
TIME
Selectaţi to pentru change a schimba the time timpul de
redare. indication.
OFF
CHAP.
TRACK
Selectaţi to pentru repeat a playback. repeta redarea.
Selectaţi for pentru time a search. căuta timpul de redare
Selectaţi for pentru chapter a căuta search. un capitol.
Selectaţi for pentru track a search. căuta o piesă.
1/3
Selectaţi to pentru change a schimba the audio limba
sau language canalul or audio channel (a se (see vedea, also de
asemenea, page 17). pagina 17).
1/3
Selectaţi to pentru change a schimba subtitle limba language de redare
a (see subtitrării also page (a se vedea, 18). de asemenea,
pagina 18).
1/3
Selectaţi to pentru change a schimba the view unghiul angle
de (see vizualizare also page(a 18). se vedea, de
asemenea, pagina 18).
PAGE 1 / 5 Selectaţi to pentru change a schimba the page pagina (see also (a se
vedea, page 18). de asemenea, pagina 18).
FILE CHAP 23 TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 00:00:58
USB for MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
1 2 3
USB CHAP 23 TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 00:00:58
23
23

Utilizarea To operate barei using de ecran the On-screen Bar
De To Ex.: exemplu: operate Selecting To Selectarea using operate a subtitle the unei using On-screen (French) subtitrări the On-screen for (în Bar franceză) DVD Video Bar pentru un
disc DVD Video
Ex.: Selecting Ex.: a Selecting subtitle (French) a subtitle for (French) DVD Video for DVD Video
În While timp ce a discul is este selected selectat as the ca sursă... source...
While a disc While is selected a disc is as selected the source... as the source...
11Afişaţi Display complet the entire bara de on-screen ecran. bar.
1 Display 1the Display entire on-screen the entire on-screen bar. bar.
ON SCREEN
ON SCREEN ON SCREEN
Dolby D
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO DVD-VIDEO
3/2.1ch TITLE 3/2.1ch 2 CHAP 3 TIME TITLE 0:00:58 2 CHAP 3 TIME 0:00:58
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO 3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
TIME OFF Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO DVD-VIDEO CHAP. Dolby D1/3 1/ 1/3
3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TITLE 3
TOTAL TIME TITLE 1:25:58 141/1
1/3
3/2.1ch
0:00:58 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
TIME OFF TIME CHAP. OFF 1/3 CHAP. 1/ 1/3 3 1/1
1/3 1/ 1/3 3 1/1 1/3
Dolby D Dolby D
disappears
DVD-VIDEO TIME OFF DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch CHAP. TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
disappears disappears
TIME OFF TIME CHAP. OFF 1/3 CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
* This does not appear for MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/ 2 Make sure TIME is selected (highlighted).
•* This Aceasta MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX does nu * not This este appear afişată does not for pentru MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/
appear discuri discs for în MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/
format and files in a USB 2 Asiguraţi-vă Make sure 2 Make că TIME opţiunea sure is selected TIME (Oră) is (highlighted). selected este selectată (highlighted).
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
WAV/JPEG/ MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX discs and
şi fişiere
files discs in
aflate and a USB files pe 3
in a USB (evidenţiată). Change the time indication.
mass storage class device.
un dispozitiv USB de stocare în masă.
Change 3the Change time indication. the time indication.
mass storage mass class storage device. class device.
3 Schimbaţi timpul de redare.
ENTER/SET
2 Selectaţi (evidenţiaţi) opţiunea dorită.
ENTER/SET ENTER/SET TIME 0:00:58 REM 0:11:23
2 (highlight) the item you want.
TIME 0:00:58 TIME 0:00:58 REM 0:11:23 REM 0:11:23
2 Select PTY (highlight) 2 Select (highlight) the PTYitem you the want. item you want.
T. REM 0:35:24 TOTAL 1:01:58
T. REM 0:35:24 T. REM 0:35:24 TOTAL 1:01:58 TOTAL 1:01:58
PTY
PTY PTY
TITLE TITLE 141/3 2CHAP TITLE 23 TITLE 2/3 31/3 14 TOTAL 2CHAP 1:25:58 1:01:58 1/1 1/3233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58 Repeat Play
Redare
Repeat
repetată
1/3 2/3 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 2/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 • See also Play Repeat page 22. Play
TV CH
FRENCH
• Vezi de asemenea See also page • See 22. also şi page pagina 22. 22.
TV CH TV CH
FRENCH FRENCH
11În While timpul redării playing unui a disc disc (without (fără opţiunea PBC PBC for SVCD/VCD),
pentru
5 Finish the setting.
discurile While display playing 1SVCD/VCD), the While entire a disc playing afişaţi on-screen (without a complet disc bar. PBC (without bara for de SVCD/VCD),
PBC ecran. for SVCD/VCD),
5 Finalizaţi Finish the 5operaţia.
Finish setting. the setting.
• Funcţia display • Repeat de the redare Play display entire can repetată on-screen the be selected entire poate fi on-screen bar. selectată before starting înainte bar. playback, de a
ENTER/SET
Pop-up window disappears. începe
Fereastra
• Repeat redarea, Play • Repeat cu can excepţia be Play selected discurilor can be before selected DVD starting Video/DVD-VR. before playback, starting playback,
ENTER/SET
Pop-up window pop-up Pop-up dispare.
ENTER/SET
disappears. window disappears.
except for DVD Video/DVD-VR.
except for DVD except Video/DVD-VR.
for Video/DVD-VR.
22Selectaţi
OFF ..
2 Select 2 OFF Select . OFF .
3 Display the pop-up window.
3 Afişaţi fereastra Display 3the Display
pop-up.
pop-up the window. pop-up window.
To remove the on-screen bar
Dezactivarea To remove To the barei remove on-screen de ecran the bar on-screen bar
*
*
Schimbarea To change informaţiilor the time information
referitoare la timpul de redare
To You change can change To the change the time time the information time information
the on-screen bar
Puteţi You and can schimba the change display You informaţiile can the window change time despre information on the the timpul time main information de unit. redare the on-screen din in bara the de bar on-screen bar
ecran
and the
şi din
display
afişajul and the window
unităţii display principale.
on window the main on unit. the main unit.
11În timpul While redării, playing, afişaţi display bara the de on-screen ecran prin intermediul bar with the
meniului While * pull-down playing, care 1 While se menu. trage display playing, în jos. the display on-screen the bar on-screen with the bar with the
pull-down pull-down menu. menu.
TIME TIME (Ora) Elapsed timpul playing de redare time scurs of the din current capitolul/
TIME TIME Elapsed chapter/track piesa playing Elapsed curent(ă) (except time playing (cu of for excepţia the DVD-VR). time current of the current
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch
chapter/track discurilor chapter/track (except DVD-VR). for (except DVD-VR). for DVD-VR).
Dolby D Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP TITLE 23 TITLE 3 14 TOTAL TIME 2CHAP 1:25:58 0:00:58 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch 3/2.1ch
1/3
REM Remaining time of the current chapter/
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1
REM (timp rămas)
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
1/3 REM REM
timpul
Remaining Remaining
de redare rămas
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1
time of the time
din
track current of the chapter/ current chapter/
capitolul/piesa (except for DVD-VR). curent(ă) (cu excepţia
3 Display the pop-up window.
TOTAL track Elapsed (except discurilor track for time. DVD-VR). (except DVD-VR). for DVD-VR).
3 Afişaţi Display fereastra 3the Display pop-up pop-up. the window. pop-up window.
TOTAL TOTAL Elapsed disc Elapsed time. disc time.
ENTER/SET
TOTAL T. REM (timp scurs) Remaining timpul de disc redare time. scurs.
TITLE 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
ENTER/SET ENTER/SET
T. REM T. REM (timp rămas) T. Remaining REMtimpul Remaining disc de redare time. rămas. disc time.
TITLE 1/3 2CHAP 23 TITLE 1/3 3
TOTAL 2CHAP 1:25:58 1:01:58 1/1 1/3233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
To remove the on-screen bar
1/3 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 Dezactivarea To remove To the barei remove on-screen de ecran
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN the bar on-screen bar
ENGLISH ENGLISH
ON SCREEN ON SCREEN
4 Select the desired option in the pop-up window.
4 Selectaţi TV CH the 4opţiunea desired Select dorită the option desired din in fereastra the option pop-up pop-up. in the window. pop-up window.
TV CH
TV CH
DVD-VIDEO
Dolby D
3/2.1ch TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TIME 0:00:58
PTY
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
Pentru For detailed operaţiile operations detaliate ale of următoarelor the following funcţii, functions, vezi de see
asemenea „Utilizarea barei de ecran” din partea stângă.
For also detailed “To operate For operations detailed using operations of the the On-screen following of the Bar” functions, following the left. see functions, see
also “To operate also “To using operate the On-screen using the Bar” On-screen on the Bar” left. on the left.
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch
Dolby D
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO TIME OFF DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP TITLE 23 TITLE 3 14 TOTAL 2CHAP 1:25:58 1:01:58 23
1:25:58
3/2.1ch CHAP. 3 TOTAL 1:01:58
3/2.1ch 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
ON SCREEN
TIME OFF TIME CHAP. OFF 1/3 CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
OFF
ON SCREEN ON SCREEN
OFF OFF
24
Continued on the next page
Continued Continued the next on page the next pag
Continuare pe pagina următoare
24
24
2

:58
8
.
.
SB
2 Make sure TIME is selected (highlighted).
3 Change the time indication.
4 Selectaţi the modul repeat de repetare mode you dorit. want.
ENTER/SET
Căutarea Time Search timpului de redare
A-B
TIME repetă 0:00:58 porţiunea dorită REM(vezi 0:11:23
A-B
Select Repeats the repeat a desired mode portion you want. (see mai below). jos). Puteţi You can trece move Time la un to anumit Search a particular moment point specificând by specifying timpul de the redare elapsed
4 Select 4the Select repeat the Select (titlu) the repeat T.
mode
mode repetă REM
repeat
0:35:24
you mode want. you
you titlul curent. want. TOTAL
want.
1:01:58 scurs playing Time
Time de la
Search time Search început. Time
You
from Search
can
the
move
beginning.
TITLE* A-B Repeats the Repeats current title. desired portion (see below).
to particular point by specifying the elapsed
A-B
A-B (grup)
A-B Repeats repetă grupul a Repeats desired desired curent. a portion desired (see portion below). (see below). You can move You can to a move particular to a particular point by specifying point by specifying the elapsed the elapsed
GROUP
portion (see below). You can move playing to time particular from the point beginning. by specifying the elapsed
TITLE* Repeats the Repeats current the group.
În timpul redării unui disc (fără opţiunea PBC pentru
current title. 1playing ALL playing time from the beginning.
TITLE* (integral)
repetă discul current (cu excepţia title. DVD-urilor)
discurile While time playing
SVCD/VCD),
from (without time the
afişaţi
from beginning. PBC the
complet
beginning. for SVCD/VCD), bara de ecran. display
TITLE* TITLE* Repeats the Repeats current the title. current title.
ALL GROUP Repeats the
sau programul.
Repeats disc (except the current for DVD) group. or • the Funcţia entire
TIME Elapsed playing time of the current
de While
on-screen căutare playing a timpului bar.
(without de redare PBC poate for fi SVCD/VCD), utilizată
GROUP GROUP
display
GROUP Repeats the current group.
CHAPTER**
ALL
program. Repeats the Repeats current the group. current group.
1
chapter/track repetă capitolul Repeats
(except curent. the disc
for DVD-VR).
(except for DVD) or •
While
înainte While Time 1Search de playing While
playing
a începe
the entire
can (without playing
(without
redarea, be
on-screen
used (without PBC
PBC
cu before excepţia for
for bar.
starting PBC SVCD/VCD),
SVCD/VCD),
discurilor for playback, SVCD/VCD), DVD display display
display
(capitol)
CHAPTER** ALL ALL
ALL Repeats Repeats the the Repeats program. current disc (except the
disc (except chapter. disc for (except DVD) for DVD) or Video/DVD-VR.
for DVD) or
the
the
except entire
entire
for the on-screen on-screen Time
DVD entire
Search
Video/DVD-VR.
on-screen bar. bar.
bar.
REM
TRACK** (piesă)
program.
Remaining program. program.
can be used before starting playback,
TRACK**
time of the current chapter/
CHAPTER** Repeats repetă the piesa Repeats current curentă. the track. current chapter.
2Selectaţi
• Time Search • Time
• Time Search except . can Search be used can before used starting before playback, starting playback,
. can for be DVD used before Video/DVD-VR. starting playback,
CHAPTER** CHAPTER** track Repeats (except the Repeats current for DVD-VR). the chapter. current chapter. except for except DVD for Video/DVD-VR.
Video/DVD-VR.
CHAPTER** Repeats the current chapter.
except for DVD Video/DVD-VR.
OFF
OFF
(dezactivat) TRACK** Cancels anulează Repeat Repeats funcţia Play. de the redare current repetată. track.
Display the Select pop-up window. .
TRACK** TOTALTRACK**
Elapsed Repeats disc the Repeats current time. the track. current track. 3
TRACK** Repeats the current track.
2Afişaţi Select fereastra 2 Select pop-up. . .
* While playing OFF a DVD-VR Cancels disc, Repeat “PG” appears, Play. and Select .
* În timpul redării unui disc DVD-VR, este afişat mesajul
Display Dolby D
OFF
the pop-up window.
“PG”
OFF while T. REM playing
OFF
(„Program”),
Cancels a Remaining Cancels
Play list,
Repeat Cancels
iar în timpul
Repeat “PL” disc
redării
Play.
time. Play.
appears.
Repeat Play.
While playing DVD-VR unei disc, liste de “PG” redare, appears, and
3 DVD-VIDEO Display 3 the 3/2.1ch Display pop-up the window. pop-up TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP window.
233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
Display the pop-up window.
TIME OFF CHAP. Dolby D 1/3 DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE
1/3 14 2CHAP 1/1 1/3
*** To este
During While
remove While afişat * Program playing
playing the mesajul While a
while on-screen playing “PL”(„Listă
Play playing DVD-VR and a Random
DVD-VR bar
Play de DVD-VR disc,
disc, redare”). “PG” Play, disc, appears, “STEP” “PG” and appears, and
Dolby D 3/2.1ch Dolby D
233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
list, “PG” “PL” appears, appears. and
DVD-VIDEO Dolby DVD-VIDEO 3/2.1ch TIME D _ : 3/2.1ch _ _ : _ TITLE _ TITLE 14 2CHAP TITLE TITLE 2314 3 TOTAL 2CHAP TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
** În appears.
DVD-VIDEO 3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
while timpul while
playing redării playing while funcţiilor a playing Play Play Program list, a Play “PL”
list, “PL” Play list, appears.
appears. (Redarea “PL” appears.
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
ON SCREEN ** During Program Play and Random Play, “STEP” TIME OFF TIME OFF CHAP. CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/1
1/3 1/1 1/3
5 Finish ** TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
**
programului) During
During
the ** setting. Program During
Program appears. şi Random Program Play
Play
Play and
and
(Redare Play Random Random
aleatorie), Random Play, “STEP”
Play, “STEP”
este Play, “STEP”
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
4 Enter the time. TIME _ : _ _ TIME : _ _ _ : _ _ : _ _
ENTER/SET
afişat appears. mesajul appears. “STEP”.
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
appears.
Finish the setting.
You can specify
Enter the
the time
time.
in hours/minutes/seconds.
5 5 Finish 5the Finish setting. the setting.
Finalizaţi Finish the operaţia. ENTER/SET setting.
4
Introduceţi
Enter 4the Enter
Enter DIMMER the SLEEP You timpul.
time. the time.
time. A.STANDBY
ENTER/SET ENTER/SET
can specify Examples: the time in hours/minutes/seconds.
ENTER/SET
You
You 1 can
can 2specify You can 3 the specify time in the time hours/minutes/seconds.
Puteţi specifica timpul the în time ore/minute/secunde.
To move hours/minutes/seconds.
to
DIMMER SLEEP A.STANDBY Examples:
a point of 1
3D
Repeat Play
DIMMER PHONIC C.VOICE SLEEP DIMMER CLOCK/TIMER A.STANDBY SLEEP
DIMMER SLEEP 1 A.STANDBY 2 (hours):
A.STANDBY
Exemple: Examples:
Examples: 3 02 Examples:
To
(minutes):
move to 00
41
52
1 63
2
point of A-B • See Repeat also page 22.
1 23D PHONIC C.VOICE 3 Pentru CLOCK/TIMER (seconds), To 3
To move a move ajunge To
(hours): to
press to la a move point
point momentul 1,
02
0, to of
of
2, a 1
(minutes): 0, point 1 then (oră): of 1
ZOOM 3D PHONIC ANGLE C.VOICE 3D PHONIC SCAN CLOCK/TIMER MODE C.VOICE CLOCK/TIMER
00
• See also 3D PHONIC C.VOICE 4CLOCK/TIMER
5 6
A-B pageRepeat
22.
020.
(minute): (hours): 00 02 (hours): (secunde), (minutes): 02 (minutes): apăsaţi 00 1, 00
7 4 85
4 96
5 (hours): 02 (seconds), (minutes): press 00 1, 0, 2, 0, then
Repetare 4 5 6
A-B
1 While
Repeat
playing a disc (without PBC for SVCD/VCD),
ZOOM ANGLE0, SCAN 2, MODE 0, 6
A-B Repeat A-B Repeat
(seconds), iar apoi (seconds), press 0. 1, 0, press 2, 0, 1, then 0, 2, 0, then
See also page 22.
ZOOM CANCEL ANGLE ZOOM SCAN MODE ANGLE SCAN To (seconds), MODE move to 0. press a point 1, 0, of 2, 540, then
1
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE
•• Vezi See While display
See
de also
also
asemenea playing, • page See the also 22. entire
page 22.
şi display page pagina on-screen 22. the 22. entire bar. on-screen bar.
8 9
0
0. 0.
7 8 7 9 8 (minutes): 0.
• Repeat Play can be selected before starting playback,
7 8 9CANCEL
Pentru 9 a ajunge
To
00 la
move
(seconds), momentul
to point
54 press
of 54
CANCEL CANCEL
2 În
Select
timpul redării, While OFF .
afişaţi playing, complet display bara the de entire ecran. on-screen bar.
(minute):
CANCEL 0 0, To
To
5, move
move
4, 00 0, (secunde),
to point of 54
While
except
playing,
for DVD
display
Video/DVD-VR.
(minutes):
then To to a move 0. point apăsaţi to of a 54 point 0, 5, of 54
1 While 1playing, While playing, display the display entire the on-screen entire on-screen bar. bar.
0 0
00 (seconds), press
3 Display
the entire on-screen bar.
4, 0, iar apoi 0.
0
(minutes): (minutes): 00 (seconds), 00 (seconds), press press
(minutes): 00 (seconds), press
Selectaţi
the Select pop-up .
OFF window. .
• It is always required to enter the 0, hour 5, 4, digit 0, then (even 0. “0”
2 2 Select OFF
Select OFF .
. OFF .
0, 5, 4, 0, 0, then 5, 4, 0. 0, then 0.
0, 5, 4, 0, then 0.
Display
Dolby D
the pop-up window.
hour), but It
it
is
is
always
not required
required
to enter
to enter
trailing
the hour
zeros
digit
(the
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch
(even “0”
3Afişaţi Display
Display fereastra 3 the Display pop-up
the pop-up.
the window. pop-up window.
Dolby
window.
D
•
last
It is
two
always
digits
hour), required
in
but
the
it
examples
to is enter not required the
above).
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 hour to digit enter (even trailing “0” zeros (the
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE
1/3
14 2CHAP 1/1 1/3
• Întotdeauna • It is always • este It is required necesar always să to required introduceţi enter the to cifra enter hour care digit the indică hour (even ora digit “0”(even “0”
233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch
Dolby D Dolby D
(chiar • To hour),
Dolby D
hour),
correct şi ora but
but
“0” hour),
last it
a it is
mis-entry, însă not but
two not
nu required it
digits required
este in
press not necesar to required
the to
cursor enter
enter
să introduceţi trailing
examples trailing
< to to enter
above).
erase zeros
zeros
şi trailing zerourile the (the
TITLE 14 1:25:58
(the
last zeros (the
DVD-VIDEO DVD-VIDEO TITLE 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:01:58
DVD-VIDEO OFF 3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3 din entry. last coadă two (ultimele digits last two două in the digits cifre examples din the exemplul examples above). de mai above). sus).
TIME OFF TIME OFF CHAP. CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/1
1/3 1/1 1/3 last two digits To correct in the examples mis-entry, above). press cursor to erase the last
TIME OFF CHAP. OFF 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
• Pentru a corecta o greşeală, apăsaţi cursorul < pentru a
4 Select “A-B.”
5 şterge Finish • To correct
• To correct ultima the • setting. To a correct mis-entry, a mis-entry, press cursor press < to cursor erase < the to erase last the last
OFF OFF
entry. înregistrare.
mis-entry, press cursor to erase the last
OFF
entry. entry.
TV CH
entry.
Select “A-B.”
ENTER/SET
Finish the The setting. System starts playing the disc
Finalizaţi operaţia.
4 Select 4“A-B.”
Select “A-B.”
Selectaţi “A-B.”
5 Finish 5the Finish setting. the setting.
Finish the setting.
TV CH
Dolby D
from the selected
DVD-VIDEO
T
ENTER/SET
The System
playing
starts
time.
playing the disc
TV CH TV CH
3/2.1ch
Sistemul The System
TV CH
ENTER/SET ENTER/SET
TIME OFF CHAP.
ENTER/SET
The System
redă The
starts playing the disc
Dolby D
from
discul starts System
the
începând playing starts
selected
cu the playing
playing
timpul disc de the disc
time.
DVD-VIDEO 3/2.1ch
T
redare selectat.
TV CH
Dolby D Dolby D
from the from selected the playing selected time. playing time.
DVD-VIDEO DVD-VIDEO T
T
from the selected playing time.
TV CH
Continued A–B on the A–B next page
5 Select the start point (A).
A–B
Chapter/Track Search
Select the start point (A).
5 ENTER/SET
Selectaţi 5the Select the
momentul Select start the point
start point
de start început (A). point
You can search
(A).
(A).
24 Chapter/Track for the chapter Search (DVD Video/DVD-VR) or
Dolby (A). D
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CH
C
3/2.1ch
track Căutarea Chapter/Track
Chapter/Track (DVD Chapter/Track capitolului/piesei
You
Audio) Search
Search
can search
number Search
for
to
the
play.
ENTER/SET
chapter (DVD Video/DVD-VR) or
ENTER/SET ENTER/SET TIME A- CHAP. Dolby D 1/3
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2Puteţi ENTER/SET
You
CH You C
can
căuta can search You
search track
numărul can for search
(DVD for
capitolului the chapter for
the Audio) chapter
(DVD the (DVD chapter
number (DVD
Video/DVD-VR) Video/DVD-VR) (DVD Video/DVD-VR)
to Video/DVD-VR) play.
sau al or or
Dolby D 3/2.1ch Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO
or
Dolby DVD-VIDEO D
TITLE TITLE 14 2CH
C
3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CH
C
3/2.1ch TIME A- CHAP. 1/3
1piesei 2CH
C
3/2.1ch
track While (DVD playing, track Audio) (DVD ce display va number Audio) fi redat(ă). the to number entire play. on-screen to play. bar.
TIME A-TIME A-CHAP. CHAP. 1/3
1/3
track (DVD Audio) number to play.
TIME A- CHAP. 1/3
2 While playing, display the entire on-screen bar.
6 Select CHAP. or TRACK .
Select the end point (B).
1În While timpul 1playing, redării, While afişaţi playing, display complet the display entire bara the de on-screen entire ecran. on-screen bar. bar.
3 Display
While playing,
the Select pop-up
display the
or
entire on-screen
.
bar.
CHAP. window. TRACK
Select the A-B end Repeat point starts. (B). The selected
2Selectaţi
2 CHAP. Select (capitol) or CHAP. TRACK sau or . TRACK .(piesă).
Select CHAP. or TRACK .
6 ENTER/SET
Selectaţi 6the the momentul Select end point the
end point de end final (B). point
(B). (B). (B).
Display
Dolby D
portion plays the pop-up window.
ENTER/SET
A-B
repeatedly.
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch
Repeat starts. The selected 3 Afişaţi Display
Display fereastra 3 the Display pop-up
the pop-up pop-up. the window. pop-up window.
window.
Dolby D
Redarea •
ENTER/SET
A-B
Before
Repeat repetată pressing
portion starts. A-B plays
ENTER/SET,
The începe. repeatedly. selected Porţiunea you
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE
1/3
14 2CHAP 1/1 1/3
ENTER/SET ENTER/SET
A-B Repeat A-B starts. Repeat The starts. selected The selected
233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
Dolby D 3/2.1ch Dolby D
selectată portion Dolby D CHAPTER _
portion
can search
plays
este plays portion redată
repeatedly.
în mod repetat.
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
Before
for repeatedly. the plays
pressing
end repeatedly.
DVD-VIDEO DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
point
ENTER/SET,
using
3/2.1ch
TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL 1:25:58 1:01:58
3/2.1ch
you
3/2.1ch TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
• • Înainte de a apăsa tasta •
the Before
Before ¡ pressing •
pressing
button. Before ENTER/SET, pressing ENTER/SET, you you TIME OFF TIME OFF CHAP. CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/1
1/3 1/1 1/3
ENTER/SET, you
TIME OFF CHAP. CHAPTER 1/3 1/3 _ 1/1 1/3
puteţi căuta can momentul search for de final the end cu point using
CHAPTER CHAPTER _
_
can search can for search the end for point the end using point using
CHAPTER _
ajutorul can search tastei the for the . button. end point using
To cancel A-B Repeat, the repeat ¡ steps button. the 1 ¡ to 3, button. and select “OFF”
the button.
in
Pentru
step 4.
a anula To cancel funcţia A-B de repetare Repeat, A-B, repeat repetaţi steps paşii to 3, 1 and şi 3, select “OFF”
iar To
To apoi cancel
cancel selectaţi To A-B cancel
in A-B step opţiunea Repeat, A-B
Repeat, 4. „OFF” repeat Repeat,
repeat („Dezactivat”) steps repeat 1 to steps 3,
steps to 3, la and
and pasul 1 select to 3,
select 4. and “OFF” select “OFF”
“OFF”
in step 4. in step 4.
in step 4.
25
25 25
pull-down menu.
Dolby D
DVD-VIDEO TITLE TITLE 14 2CHAP 233
TOTAL TIME 1:25:58 0:00:58
3/2.1ch
TIME OFF CHAP. 1/3 1/3 1/1 1/3
TV CH
25 25
TV CH
TV CH
DVD-VIDEO A–B Dolby 3/2.1ch D 3/2.1ch
3/2.1ch TIME OFF T CHAP.
TIME OFF TIME OFF CHAP. CHAP.
TIME OFF CHAP. A–B
25

4 4Introduceţi Enter the the numărul desired capitolului/piesei chapter/track number. dorit(e).
Exemple:
Examples:
DIMMER DIMMER SLEEP SLEEP A.STANDBY A.STANDBY
Pentru To To select a selecta chapter/track capitolul/piesa 5, 5, press 5,
11
22
33
apăsaţi 5. 5. 5.
3D 3D PHONIC PHONIC C.VOICE C.VOICE
CLOCK/TIMER
44
55
66
Pentru To To select a selecta chapter/track capitolul/piesa 10, 10, 10,
apăsaţi
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE
1,
1, apoi
0.
0.
ZOOM ANGLE SCAN MODE press 1, then 0.
77
88
99
Pentru To To select a selecta chapter/track capitolul/piesa 15, 15, 15,
apăsaţi 1, apoi 5.
CANCEL CANCEL
press 1, 1, then 5. 5.
00
Pentru
To To select a selecta chapter/track capitolul/piesa
30, 30, 30,
apăsaţi 3, apoi 0.
press 3, 3, then 0. 0.
• Pentru a corecta o greşeală, apăsaţi tastele numerice până
•• când To To correct numărul a a dorit mis-entry, este afişat press în fereastra the the number pop-up.
keys until the the
desired number shown in in the the pop-up window.
5 Finalizaţi operaţia.
5 Finish the the setting.
ENTER/SET
Imagini Browsable statice Still navigabile
Pictures
Doar For pentru DVD Audio discuri only: DVD Audio: While în playing timpul redării back a unei a track piese
linked to to
corelate browsable cu imagini still pictures statice navigabile (B.S.P.), (B.S.P.), you can can puteţi select selecta the the still imaginea
statică picture (daţi (turn pagina)
the the care page) să
to to fie
be be afişată shown pe
on
ecranul on the the TV. televizorului.
• În cazul în care o piesă este corelată cu imagini statice
•• If navigabile
If a a track is (B.S.P.),
is linked
<strong>acest</strong>ea to to browsable
sunt, de still
obicei, pictures
afişate (B.S.P.),
automat they
în
are timpul are usually redării.
shown automatically during playback.
1 1În While timpul redării playing unui a a DVD disc DVD Audio, Audio, display afişaţi the the complet entire bara
de on-screen ecran.
bar.
2 2Selectaţi
PAGE 11 / 5/ 5 . .(pagina 1/5).
3 3Afişaţi Display fereastra the the pop-up pop-up.
window.
4 4Selectaţi a imaginea a still picture statică you dorită.
want.
5 5Finalizaţi Finish the operaţia. the setting.
Sistemul The System începe starts redarea playing capitolului the the sau a
piesei searched selectate.
chapter or or track.
LPCM LPCM
DVD-AUDIO
2/0.0ch 2/0.0ch
GROUP 14 14 TRACK 23 23TIME TIME 0:00:58
TIME TIME OFF OFF TRACK TRACK 1/3 1/3 PAGE PAGE1/5
1/5
1 1
TV TV CH CH
P P 14 14 TRACK 23 23TIME TIME 0:00:58
1/3 1/3 PAGE PAGE3/5
3/5
TV TV CH CH
3 3
ENTER/SET
Meniul Control de comandă screen pentru for discuri DVD-R/-RW in in în DVD-VR format DVD-VR.
format
Meniul The de control comandă screen este
is is suprapus superimposed ecranul
on on the the televizorului
TV TV screen atunci
when
când you
apelaţi call up up
meniul Program
Program List
List (PG)
(PGor
or
lista Play
de List
programe) (PL).
sau Play
List (PL- lista de redare).
Selectarea To To select tipului playback de redare
type
Selectarea To To select listei the the de Program programe: Selectarea To To select listei the the de Play redare:
List:
List:
TOP TOP MENU/PG
MENU/PL
Pentru To To remove a şterge the the lista, list, apăsaţi press din the the nou aceeaşi same button tastă.
again.
De Ex.: exemplu: When atunci Program când List List este is is selectată selected. lista de programe.
ORIGINAL PROGRAM
No NoDate Date Ch Ch Time Time Title Title
11 03/12/06 LL
12:15 12:15 La La fleur fleur
22 09/12/06 LL
23:05 23:05 The The last last struggle
33 18/12/06 LL
08:17 08:17 free free flyer flyer
44 20/12/06 LL
07:47 07:47
BOOM!
55 25/12/06 LL
19:38 19:38 Mr. Mr. Lawrence
66 28/12/06 LL
14:20 14:20 Satisfy Satisfy UU
1 2 3 4 5 6
De Ex.: exemplu: When Play atunci List List când is is este selected. selectată lista de redare.
PLAY PLAY LIST LIST
No NoDate Date Chap Chap Length Length Title Title
11 03/12/06 002 002 0:23:24 Nebula Nebula G. G.
22 15/12/06 004 004 1:04:39 CDJ CDJ
33 24/12/06 013 013 0:41:26 Secret Secret Garden
44 27/12/06 017 017 0:09:08 S. S. Walker Walker
1 2
7 8
6
1Numărul Listed number listat
2Data Recording înregistrării
date
3Canalele Recording de înregistrare channels
4Durata Recording de înregistrare
time
5Titlul
Title
6Bara Highlight cu efecte bar bar luminoase (current (selecţia selection) curentă)
7Capitolele Chapters incluse
included
8Durata Playback de redare
time
Pentru To To select a selecta an an item o opţiune in in the the list din list listă and şi start a începe playback redarea
TV TV CH CH
ENTER/SET
TV TV CH CH
26 26

Audio/Video Utilizarea fişierelor File Operations
audio/video
Telecomandă
Remote control
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDI
ZOOM
,
O
, ,
USB MEMORY
USB (memorie MEMORY USB) 3
DVD/CD 3
8
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT (Repetare A-B A-B)
REPEAT
SHIFT
SHIFT (Comutare)
, , , , ,
Utilizarea Operations meniului on the de Control comandă Screen
Remot e
ONLY
ENTER/SET
7
GROUP/TITLE
(Grup/Titlu)
GROUP/TITLE
SKIP (Trecere la nivel
următor/anterior)
SKIP
4,¢
Remote
Puteţi căuta şi ONLY INFO reda opţiunile dorite prin intermediul meniului de
comandă pentru fişiere în format MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
MPEG-2/ASF/DivX.
You can search for and play the desired items through the
control screen for MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
Meniul MPEG-2/ASF/DivX de comandă files. pentru fişiere în format MP3/WMA/
WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ ASF/DivX
Meniul Control de comandă screen apare for MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-
automat pe ecranul televizorului atunci
când introduceţi un disc sau conectaţi şi selectaţi un dispozitiv
USB 1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX de stocare în masă pe care filessunt înregistrare fişiere în format
MP3, The control WMA,WAV, screen JPEG, automatically MPEG-1, MPEG-2, appears ASF on the sau TV DivX. screen
when you load a disc or 2 connect
sec.
and select a USB mass
storage class device in which MP3, WMA,WAV, JPEG,
MPEG-1, MPEG-2, ASF, or DivX is recorded.
GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Remot e
ONLY
ENTER/SET
(Introducere/
Setare)
INFO
De Ex.: exemplu: While playing La redarea a MP3 unui disc.
în format MP3.
1
2
3
4
5
Group : 2 / 3
Spring
Summer
Fall
Winter
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
Album
RANDOM
REPEAT STEP
TIME : 00:00:14
Track : 6 / 14 (Total 41)
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
6
7
8
9
0
-
=
1 Numărul Current grupului group number/total curent/numărul group total de number grupuri
2 Grupul Current curent group
3 Lista Group grupului list
4 Informaţii Track information despre piesă (ID3 (element Tag de Version informare 1.0: ID3 only Versiunea for
1.0: MP3/WMA/WAV)
doar pentru fişiere în format MP3/WMA/WAV)
5 Piesa Current curentă track
6 Setarea Random/Program Play Play setting (cu excepţia (except dispozitivului for USB) USB)
7 Repetaţi Repeat Play setarea setting de redare
8 Timpul Elapsed de playing redare scurs time din of the piesa current curentă track (nu este afişat
pentru (except fişierele for JPEG) în format JPEG)
9 Pictograma Operation modului mode icon de operare
0 Numărul Current piesei track curente/numărul number/total number total de of piese tracks în grupul in the
curent current (numărul group (total de number piese de of pe tracks disc) on the loaded
disc)
- Bara Highlight cu efecte barluminoase
= Lista Track de list piese
• If Dacă files pe of un different disc sau types un dispozitiv (MP3, sunt WMA, înregistrate WAV, JPEG, fişiere
MPEG-1, de tipuri diferite MPEG-2, (MP3, ASF WMA, and WAV, DivX) JPEG, are MPEG-1, recorded on a
MPEG-2, ASF şi DivX), selectaţi tipul de fişier care doriţi
disc
să fie
or
redat
device,
(vezi
select
pagina
the
31).
file type to play (see
page 31).
Mutarea To move barei the cu highlight efecte luminoase bar between între group lista de list grupuri and track şi
lista de piese
PTY
PTY
Mută Moves bara the către bar lista to the de track piese.
list.
–
SLO W +
Main Uni t
ONLY
Remot e
ONLY
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
Moves the bar to the group
Mută bara către lista de grupuri.
list.
Selectarea To select an unei item opţiuni in the din listă
TV CH
TV CH
Mutaţi Move bara the highlight cu efecte luminoase bar to the către
elementul
desired item.
dorit.
• If Dacă you mutaţi move bara the highlight cu efecte bar
while luminoase playing în timpul back redării an MP3/ unui fişier
WMA/WAV în format MP3/ file WMA/WAV or DVD-VR sau a
(PG/PL) unui disc DVD-VR disc, the (PG/PL), selected redarea track
piesei dorite începe automat.
starts playback automatically.
27
27

d at one time.
t one time.
When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
When connecting a portable audio device (AUX)
Stereo mini plug
At the front
Stereo (not mini supplied) plug
At the panel front
(not supplied)
panel
Blue
lue
Pentru a începe To start redarea playback
Redarea fişierelor To repeat în format MP3/WMA/WAV playback
To start playback
To repeat MP3/WMA/WAV playback
For JPEG:
în timpul redării While sau playing înainte or de before redare... playback...
Pentru For JPEG: fişierele • By using în format QP JPEG: Link (Quick Portable Link), you can easily While playing or before playback...
• By using ENTER/SET The selected track (still picture)
REPEAT A-B
start playing QP Link back (Quick
Piesa a portable Portable
The selectată selected (imaginea audio Link), device you
track (still statică) on can
picture) este this easily
ord
unit. See
ENTER/SET
REPEAT A-B REPEAT
start is displayed until you change it.
REP TRK* REP GRP
page playing 10 for back details. a afişată portable până audio când o device schimbaţi. on this unit. See REPEAT
is displayed until you change it.
REP TRK* REP GRP
page 10 for details.
ge 13), use • If an external device is not equipped with a stereo mini plug
REP OFF REP ALL
REP OFF (Canceled)
13), use • If an REP ALL
audio external output, device use is a not plug equipped adaptor with to convert a stereo the mini stereo plug mini
(Canceled)
audio plug output,
DVD/CD to the use corresponding a plug adaptor
USB Press plug to of convert
one the of audio the
the
buttons
stereo output. mini
ection sends
To repeat slide-show for JPEG
on DVD/CD USB Apăsaţi Press una one dintre of taste, buttons în funcţie de To repeat slide-show for JPEG
signal sends
plug to the corresponding plug
depending
of the audio output.
USB
the current Pentru a repeta modul diapozitiv pentru fişierele în format
DVD/CD USB MEMORY sursa curentă.
depending on the current
JPEG While playing or before playback...
te, al Y/C, or DVD/CD When MEMORY connecting a USB source. mass storage class device While playing or before playback...
source.
în timpul redării REPEAT sau A-B înainte de redare... To start playback
Începe redarea modului diapozitiv
receives /C, or audio
When connecting a USB mass storage class device
Slide-show playback starts. REPEAT A-B REPEAT
Fiecare piesă (imagine statică) este
REP For JPEG: GRP REP ALL
eives Slide-show playback starts.
REPEAT
TV. audio To listen USB cableafişată pe ecran Each timp track de aproximativ (still picture) is
REP GRP REP ALL
sound, . To listen see
USB (not supplied) cable 3 Each secunde, track apoi (still se schimbă picture) una is At după the front
ENTER/SET REP OFF The selected
shown on the screen for about 3
REP OFF (Canceled)
nd, see
(not supplied) alta.
At the panel front
is displayed u
shown on seconds, the screen then for about 3
panel changes one after
(Canceled)
seconds, then another. changes one after
another.
For the other files:
To repeat MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX playback
For the • other You can files: connect a USB mass storage class device such Pentru To as a repeat a repeta MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX redarea fişierelor playback
eo signal mode
Playback starts with the selected While playing or before
DVD/CD în format MPEG-1/MPEGplayback...
USB Press one of
• You USB can connect flash ENTER/SET memory a USB
Redarea
device, mass storage
Playback începe
hard
starts cu piesa
disk class drive, device
with selectată.
multimedia such as a 2/ASF/DivX
ignal hanging mode
card
the selected While playing or before playback...
USB
the ENTER/SET USB reader, flash memory etc. to this device, track.
REPEAT A-B
• track. Redarea
System. hard
începe
See disk pages drive,
şi prin apăsarea
9 multimedia and 33 for details. card în timpul redării sau înainte de redare...
depending on
DVD/CD MEMORY
ging the
• Pressing DVD/CD 3 or REPEAT A-B REPEAT
source.
reader, • If you etc. press to this USB System.
tastei MEMORY DVD/CD
See pages 3, sau
9 the and
a System tastei
33 for
USB detects details. the
REP TRK* REP GRP
REPEAT
• If you • Pressing DVD/CD USB MEMORY 3 or 3 also starts
REP TRK* REP GRP
USB press mass USB storage MEMORY class device 3, . the and System the control detects screen the
Slide-show p
USB MEMORY playback. 3 also starts
REP OFF REP ALL
oofer USB appears mass storage on the TV class screen. device See and page the control 27 for details. screen
REP OFF (Canceled) REP ALL Each track (s
fer
appears on the TV screen. playback. See page 27 for details.
(Canceled)
shown on the
WOOFER
• You Once cannot you start connect viewing a computer a JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
to the USB MEMORY
OUT
ER •• Când Once • You începeţi you terminal DivX cannot start să viewing track,
vizionaţi connect of the the System.
o a a control
piesă computer JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
screen to the disappears. USB MEMORY
REP TRK* Repeats the current track.
seconds, then
DivX, terminal meniul track, de the comandă control dispare. screen disappears.
Repeats the current track.
• Pentru a • anula To cancel of the
modul slide-show, System.
diapozitiv şi a and afişa display imaginea the statică current still picture,
REP TRK* (repetare piesă) repetă piesa curentă. another.
REP GRP Repeats the current group.
•
curentă,
To cancel Preparing
apăsaţi press slide-show, the
8. .
and remote display the control current still picture, REP GRP (repetare Repeats grup) the repetă current For grupul the group. other curent. files:
Preparing the remote control
press 8.
REP ALL Repeats the disc.
REP
To select a group:
ALL ALL (repetare Repeats the repetă disc. discul. ENTER/SET Playback star
bass sounds
s To select a group:
* During Program Play and Random Play, “REP STEP”
cannot sounds Pentru a selecta un grup:
integrală)
track.
During Program appears Play instead and of Random this indication. Play, “REP STEP” • Pressing DV
not nnel discs.
GROUP/TITLE SKIP * În timpul redării funcţiilor Program Play (Redarea programului)
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
appears instead of this indication.
l make discs.
şi Random Play (Redare aleatorie), în locul <strong>acest</strong>ei indicaţii
USB MEM
sure that
ke sure that
este afişat To mesajul zoom in “REP the STEP” JPEG (Repetare files pas). playback.
Pentru To zoom a transfoca • in You the cannot JPEG fişierele zoom files JPEG in • Once the still you picture start viewing during slide-show. a JPEG/MPEG
• You Nu puteţi cannot să transfocaţi zoom in the imaginea still picture during slide-show.
1 While playing back DivX
statică
a still track,
în timp
picture... the
ce
control
modul
screen disapp
diapozitiv este în funcţiune.
(while holding...)
1 În While timpul playing redării • During unei back slide-show, imagini a still • statice... picture... To press cancel 8 to slide-show, display the and still display picture, the
(în (while timp ce holding...) ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
• • În During timpul slide-show, modului then... diapozitiv, press apăsaţi 8 press to display 8. pentru the a still afişa picture,
To skip R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
a track: To stop playback: imaginea
To skip • a Dispose track: of batteries To in the stop proper playback: manner, according to then... statică, apoi...
Pentru a trece la o piesă următoare/anterioară: Pentru a opri redarea:
To select a group:
• Dispose GROUP/TITLE SKIP
GROUP/TITLE
federal, of batteries
SKIP
state, and in local the proper regulations. manner, according to
ZOOM
federal, state, and local regulations.
ZOOM 1 ZOOM 2
ZOOM
7 ZOOM 1 ZOOM 2 GROUP/TI
DO NOT recharge, short, disassemble, heat
DO 7
ZOOM OFF
the NOT battery recharge, or dispose short, of disassemble, it in a fire. heat
ZOOM OFF
the battery or dispose of it in a fire.
• You can select a group directly by pressing a number
UDIO” menu •• Puteţi You can selecta When
select
using
button un a grup after group în the
pressing mod directly
remote direct, GROUP/TITLE by
control apăsând pressing o tastă a number
(while holding...)
(except numerică for DVD-VR (while holding...)
audio IO” menu după
When
button apăsarea after Point using
disc). pressing the tastei top the
GROUP/TITLE of remote the remote control
(grup/titlu) control (except toward (cu for excepţia DVD-VR the remote sensor (în timp ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
io
Point
orrect, loud
discurilor disc). as DVD-VR). the directly top of as the possible. remote control If you operate toward it the from remote a diagonal sensor 2 Move the zoomed-in position.
(while holding...)
Move the zoomed-in TV position.
CH
he ct, speakers. loud as directly position, as the possible. operating If you range operate (approx. it from 5 m) a diagonal 2 Deplasaţi poziţia transfocată.
may be shorter.
To skip a track: To stop p
TV CH
peakers. position, the operating range (approx. 5 m) may be shorter.
PTY
TV CH
PTY
PTY
TV CH
GROUP/TITLE SKIP
PTY
• You can select a group directly by pre
To cancel Zoom, press button ZOOM after (while pressing holding GROUP/TITLE SHIFT) (
To Pentru cancel a anula repeatedly Zoom, funcţia press until Zoom, ZOOM “ZOOM apăsaţi disc). (while OFF” în mod holding appears repetat SHIFT) on tasta the TV.
repeatedly ZOOM (ţinând until apăsată “ZOOM tasta OFF” SHIFT), appears până când on the pe TV. ecranul
televizorului apare mesajul “ZOOM OFF” („Zoom dezactivat”).
28 28
28

Funcţiile Timer Operations
cronometrului
, , , , ,
Telecomandă
Remote control
CANCEL
CANCEL (Anulare)
,
SHIFT
SHIFT (Comutare)
AUDIO
CLOCK/TIMER (Ceas/
Cronometru)
ENTER/SET
(Introducere/Setare)
ENTER/SET
Reglarea Setting the cronometrului Timer
Remote
ONLY
Remot e
ONLY
INFO INFO
Utilizând
Using Daily
funcţia
Timer,
Daily Timer
you can
(Cronometru
wake up
zilnic),
with your
puteţi
favorite
să vă
treziţi pe muzica favorită.
Puteţi music. memora trei setări ale funcţiei Daily GR OUP/TITLE Timer (Cronometru
SKIP
zilnic); You can totuşi, store puteţi three activa Daily fiecare Timer dintre settings; setările however, cronometrului you can
numai activate individual. only one of the timers at the same time.
• To Pentru exit a from părăsi the meniul timer de setting, setare a press cronometrului, CLOCK/TIMER apăsaţi
CLOCK/TIMER (CEAS/CRONOMETRU) (ţinând apăsată tasta
(while
SHIFT).
holding SHIFT) as required.
• To Pentru correct a corecta a mis-entry o greşeală during din timpul process, procesului, press CANCEL apăsaţi tasta
(while CANCEL holding (ţinând SHIFT). apăsată tasta You SHIFT). can go back Puteţi to reveni the previous la pasul
step. precedent.
2 sec.
Setările Daily Timer din fabrică initial ale settings funcţiei Daily when Timer shipped from the
• factory DAILY 1 (zilnic 1): Ora de pornire (6:00)/ora de oprire (8:00)/
• sursă DAILY (TUNER 1: ON FM Time 1)/nivelul (6:00)/OFF volumului Time (– –)(8:00)/
• DAILY Source 2 (TUNER (zilnic 2): Ora FM de 1)/Volume pornire (07:00)/ora level (– de –) oprire
•(09:00)/sursă DAILY 2: ON (TUNER Time FM (7:00)/OFF 1)/nivelul volumului Time (9:00)/ (– –)
• DAILY Source 3
GR OUP/TITLE
(TUNER (zilnic 3): Ora
SKIP
FM de 1)/Volume pornire (10:00)/ora level (– de –) oprire
•
(12:00)/sursă
DAILY 3: ON
(TUNER
Time
FM
(10:00)/OFF
1)/nivelul volumului
Time (12:00)/
(– –)
Remot e
ONLY
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
DVD/CD
DVD/CD
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
1 Selectaţi one modul
Main
of the de
Unitimer setare
t
setting a cronometrului modes you pe want care doriţi to set— să
ONLY
Remot e
îl ONLY
DAILY setaţi – ora 1 ON de pornire time, DAILY 1, 2 ora ON de time, pornire DAILY 23
sau ora de pornire DAILY 3.
ON time.
–
SLO W +
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
Daily Timer 1
DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2
Canceled
CLOCK/TIMER x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
6
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
Daily Timer 2
ON (Time)
Daily Timer 3
DAILY 3 ON (Time)
Clock setting
(see page 14)
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
De exemplu: Ex. When atunci Daily când Timer este 1 setting selectat mode modul is de selected setare Daily
Timer 1
• Atunci
• When
când
the
ceasul
clock
nu
has
a fost
not
reglat,
been set,
prin
pressing
apăsarea
CLOCK/
tastei
CLOCK/TIMER (while (CEAS/CRONOMETRU) holding SHIFT) makes (ţinând the apăsată System tasta enter
SHIFT), the clock sistemul setting intră mode. în modul de setare a ceasului.
Make the timer setting as you want.
2 Reglaţi setarea cronometrului în funcţie de preferinţe.
Repetaţi Repeat procedura the procedure pentru for setările the following următoare settings până când until
terminaţi finished— —
REC
PTY
PTY
ENTER/SET
29
29

M,” “DISC,” “AUX,” “USB MEM,”
ND.”
V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
SLEEP
A.STBY
To cancel the Timer
1 Select the Timer (DAILY 1, DAILY 2, or DAILY 3)
you want to cancel.
REC
CLOCK/TIMER
R t the FM” hour and then “TUNER the minute AM”: for Select on-time. a
To turn on or
1 Setaţi the ora, hour apoi then minutul the pentru minute timpul for on-time. de pornire. Activarea off the 6 Timer
To turn on
sau
or
dezactivarea
off the Timer
cronometrului
t el. the hour then the minute for off-time.
Since Daily Timer is activated at the same time everyday,
: Select the the playback
2title/group Setaţi the
source—“TUNER ora, hour apoi number, then minutul the then pentru minute
FM,” timpul for off-time. de oprire. Având Since în Daily vedere Timer că funcţia is activated Daily Timer at the (Cronometru same time zilnic) everyday, este
you may need to
3 Selectaţi the sursa playback de redare—“TUNER source—“TUNER FM,” “TUNER FM,” AM,” activată cancel
you may
la it
need
aceeaşi on some
to
oră particular
cancel
în fiecare days.
it on some
zi, este
particular
posibil să
days.
fie nevoie să
track UNER number. AM,” “DISC,” “AUX,” “USB MEM,” (while
“DISC,” “TUNER “AUX,” AM,” “USB “DISC,” MEM”(„Memorie “AUX,” “USB USB”) MEM,” sau “TV o anulaţi în anumite zile.
EM”: Select the group number, then
To cancel
holding...)
the Timer
“TV SOUND.”
SOUND”(„Sunet To cancel the or “TV SOUND.” televizor”)
Daily Timer 1
Daily Anularea Timer 2 cronometrului
Daily Timer 3
e number. QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
DAILY 1 Select ON (Time) the DAILY Timer 2 ON (DAILY (Time) DAILY 1, DAILY 3 ON (Time) 2, or DAILY 3)
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
lume PRGR. level. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB REC MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
1 Selectaţi the cronometrul Timer (DAILY 1, DAILY 2 sau 2, or DAILY DAILY 3) pe 3)
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS SLEEP PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3 you
REC
just the volume level (“1” to “40”
Canceled want to cancel.
A.STBY
care
SLEEP
you doriţi Clock setting
want să to îl cancel. anulaţi.
A.STBY
REC
– –”).
(see page 14)
REC
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
t “VOL – –,” the volume is set to the last
CLOCK/TIMER
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
CLOCK/TIMER
or the “TUNER unit has been FM” turned and “TUNER off. AM”: Select a
REC
SLEEP Ex. To cancel 6 Daily
4 Pentru For “TUNER sursele “TUNER FM” and FM” şi “TUNER AM”: Select selectaţi a
A.STBY
6
e
eset
completed,
channel.
un the preset canal Timer channel. presetat. setting
Timer 1
REC
or
ears
“DISC”:
in sequence.
Select
Pentru
the
For “DISC”: sursa
title/group
„DISC”: Select selectaţi
number,
the title/group numărul
then
number, titlului/grupului, then
s
e
not
chapter/track
available apoi numărul capitolului/piesei.
Pentru the for
number.
chapter/track VCD with PBC 2 Turn off the selected (while Timer. holding...)
or “USB MEM”: Select sursa the „USB group MEM”(„Memorie number.
number, then USB”): selectaţi
(în(while timp ce holding...) ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
Daily Timer 1
Daily Timer 2
Daily Timer 3
e track/file number. numărul For “USB grupului, MEM”: apoi Select numărul the piesei/fişierului.
group number, then
Daily Timer 1
Daily Timer 2
Daily Timer 3
it (on standby). the track/file number.
DAILY 1 CANCEL ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
lect the volume level.
DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
5 Selectaţi the nivelul volume volumului. level.
0
ou can adjust the volume level (“1” to “40”
Canceled
Clock setting
• •You Puteţi can regla adjust nivelul the volumului volume (între level “1” (“1” şi “40” to “40” şi “VOL
Canceled
Clock setting
and “VOL – –”).
(see page 14)
– and –”).“VOL – –”).
(see page 14)
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
f you select “VOL
Dacă QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
If you selectaţi
– –,” the
select “VOL
volume
“VOL – –,”
is
– –,” volumul
set to the
the volume este
last
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
setat (while is la set ultimul holding...) to PRGR. the B.S.P.
nivel last BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB REC MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
evel when the când unit unitatea has been este turned oprită. off.
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS SLEEP PRGM RND
Ex.
1 TA NEWS
To
INFO
cancel 1 2 3 Daily
REC
level when the unit has been turned off.
A.STBY
De
SLEEP Ex.
exemplu:
To cancel
Pentru
Daily
a anula
settings are completed, the Timer setting
Timer 1
A.STBY
După Once introducerea settings are setărilor, completed, informaţiile the Timer
To de turn setare setting
on a the Timer
Conometrul zilnic 1
REC
Timer 1
ation appears in sequence.
REC
cronometrului information apar appears una in după sequence. alta.
r function works • is Această not available funcţie for nu VCD este disponibilă with PBC 2 Turn off the selected Timer.
pentru 1 Select discuri the VCD Timer care (DAILY
• This function is not available for VCD with PBC
2 Dezactivarea Turn 1, DAILY off the 2, cronometrului selected or DAILY Timer. 3) selectat.
mer ated. has been au set, activată the timer opţiunea indicator PBC. you want to activate.
umber indicator activated.
off the unit (on(1/2/3) standby). are lit on the
CANCEL
CANCEL
er is activated 3 3 Turn Opriţi at off unitatea the the same unit (în time (on modul standby). aşteptare).
0
CLOCK/TIMER
timer is turned off manually (see the
0
nother timer is activated.
6
e comes
(while holding...)
(în (while timp holding...) ce ţineţi apăsată tasta...)
on, tunes in to the specified station or
(while
oaded disc with the specified chapter or
To turn holding...) on the Timer
Daily Timer 1
Pentru
Daily To Timer turn 2a activa on the cronometrul...
Daily Timer 3
aily volume Timer level
Cum works gradually to the preset
funcţionează Daily Timer (Cronometrul
How Daily Timer works
DAILY zilnic)
0 seconds.
1 Select ON (Time) the DAILY Timer
După setarea funcţiei Daily Timer (Cronometru zilnic),
12
Selectaţi ON (DAILY (Time)
Select the
cronometrul DAILY 1, DAILY 3 ON (Time)
Timer (DAILY
(DAILY 2, or
1,
1, DAILY
DAILY 23)
sau
2, or
DAILY
DAILY
3) pe
3)
care
e Daily Timer has been set, the timer indicator
er is working, Once indicatorul the timer Daily cronometrului indicator Timer has ((
been ) set, the timer indicator
you Canceled want to activate.
) şi indicatorul numărului setării
doriţi
you
Clock să îl
want
setting activaţi.
nd timer number indicator (1/2/3) are lit on the
to activate.
splay. ( cronometrului ) and timer (1/2/3) number se aprind indicator pe afişaj. (1/2/3) Funcţia are lit Daily on the Timer
(see page 14)
. Daily Timer
display. (Cronometru
is activated
Daily zilnic)
at
Timer este
the same
is activated activată
time
în at fiecare the same zi la aceeaşi time
CLOCK/TIMER
e y comes until the oră timer până is când turned cronometrul off manually este oprit (see 2manual the Activate (vezi coloana the selected Timer.
CLOCK/TIMER
lumn)
everyday until the timer is turned off manually (see the
playback, or another următoare) and turns timer off sau is (on este activated. standby)
un alt cronometru.
6
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
next column) or another timer is activated.
6
ENTER/SET
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
REC
the on-time
SLEEP
La comes ora de pornire
A.STBY
stem
remains
turns
When in
Sistemul on,
memory
tunes
the
porneşte,
on-time
in
until
to the
you
recepţionează
comes
specified
change
station postul or specificat sau începe
REC
The System turns on, tunes in the specified station or (while holding...)
laying the loaded redarea disc discului with introdus the specified la capitolul chapter sau or piesa specificată Ex. When Daily (în (while Timer timp holding...) ce 1 (DAILY ţineţi apăsată 1) is tasta...)
starts şi setează playing gradat the loaded nivelul disc volumului with the la nivelul specified presetat chapter după or Daily Timer 1
Daily Timer 2
Daily Timer 3
nd sets the volume level gradually to the preset
activated Daily Timer 1
Daily Timer 2
Daily Timer 3
track, aproximativ and sets 30 the de volume secunde. level gradually to the preset DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
ter about 30 DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
level
• seconds. În
after
timp
about
ce funcţia
30 seconds.
Daily Timer (Cronometru 3 Wait zilnic) until este the indication disappears.
Daily Timer activată, is working, indicatorul the timer cronometrului indicator ((
) ) luminează intermitent Canceled
Clock setting
• While Daily Timer is working, the timer indicator ( )
Canceled
Clock setting
s on the display. pe afişaj.
(see page 14)
flashes on the display.
(see page 14)
the off-time La comes ora de oprire
2 Activate the selected Timer. 30
When the off-time comes
2 Activaţi Activate cronometrul the selected selectat. Timer.
stem stops Sistemul playback, opreşte and turns redarea off şi (on este standby) dezactivat (intră în modul
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
The System stops playback, and turns off (on standby)
QP Link S V C D V D MP3 WMA 3DPHONICL-BANDIII AM FM
tically. aşteptare) automat.
ENTER/SET
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
S.TURBO AHB PRO USB REC MIC V.MASK C.VOICE PG PL ST MONO
automatically.
ENTER/SET
PRGR. B.S.P. BONUS SLEEP PRGM RND 1 TA NEWS INFO 1 2 3
• Setarea cronometrului rămâne memorată până când o
A.STBY
REC
mer setting remains in memory until you change
SLEEP
A.STBY
• The modificaţi. timer setting remains in memory until you change
REC
REC
it.
Ex. When Daily Timer 1 (DAILY 1) is
activated De Ex. exemplu: When Daily atunci Timer când 1 cronometrul (DAILY 1) zilnic is 1
(DAILY activated 1) este activat
3 Wait until the indication disappears.
3 Aşteptaţi Wait until până the când indication indicaţia disappears. dispare.
30
30 30

VD/CD
DVD/CD
Telecomandă
Remote Control
Remote Control
Remote Control
, , ,
SET SET UP
, ,(Setare)
,
, , ,
SET UP
SET UP
USB
USB
MEMOR Y
, , , , ,
Funcţiile Setup Menu meniului Operations INFO
de setare
Setup Menu INFO
INFO
Setup Menu Operations INFO
Setări Initial iniţiale settings
Meniul de setare nu poate fi activat în timpul redării.
Remote
The Setup Menu cannot
ONLY
Initial settings
be activated during playback.
Remote
ONLY
1 GR OUP/TITLE SKIP
Apăsaţi
Initial
Press SET tasta
settings
UP. SET UP (Setare).
The Setup Menu cannot be activated during playback.
The Setup Menu cannot be activated during playback.
LANGUAGE
1 Press
MENU
SET
LANGUAGEUP.
ENGLISH
1 Press SET UP.
2 sec.
Remot e
ONLY
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
SUBTITLE LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN MENU LANGUAGE LANGUAGE ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
Remote
ONLY
ENGLISH
2 Apăsaţi > sau (
>
>
>
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
Meniul
LANGUAGE
LANGUAGE
menu
(Limbă)
– SLO W +
x2 x5 x10 x20 x60
LANGUAGE Item Opţiune
Contents x2 x5Cuprinsx10 x20 x60
LANGUAGE
menu
menu
MENU LANGUAGE (LIMBA DE REDARE You A MENIULUI) can select the initial puteţi menu selecta language limba of iniţială the DVD a meniului Video. pentru discul DVD Video.
AUDIO
AUDIO
LANGUAGE
LANGUAGE Item(LIMBA PENTRU REDAREA
You can select
AUDIO)
the initial
puteţi
audio
selecta
language
limba
of
audio
the Contents DVD Video.
iniţială Contents a discului DVD Video.
MENU SUBTITLE LANGUAGE
You can select the initial menu subtitle language of of the the DVD DVD Video. Video.
SUBTITLE MENU (SUBTITRARE) LANGUAGE
You can select the initial puteţi selecta menu language limba iniţială of the de redare DVD a Video. subtitrării pentru discul DVD Video.
AUDIO ON SCREEN LANGUAGE LANGUAGE You can select the “ENGLISH,” initial audio “FRENCH,” language of “GERMAN,” the DVD Video. “CZECH,” “SLOVAK,” “POLISH” or
ON SCREEN AUDIO LANGUAGE (LIMBA DE AFIŞARE) You can select the initial
SUBTITLE
You “HUNGARIAN” can select the as initial the on-screen subtitle
Puteţi selecta audio language language. “ENGLISH” of
of the
(ENGLEZĂ), the DVD Video.
DVD Video.
“FRENCH” (FRANCEZĂ), “GERMAN”
SUBTITLE
You can select the initial (GERMANĂ), subtitle “CZECH” language (CEHĂ) of the “SLOVAK” DVD Video. (SLOVACĂ), “POLISH” (POLONEZĂ)
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE You can select “ENGLISH,” sau “HUNGARIAN” “FRENCH,” “GERMAN,” (UNGARĂ) ca limbi “CZECH,” de afişare. “SLOVAK,” “POLISH” or
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE You can select “ENGLISH,” “FRENCH,” “GERMAN,” “CZECH,” “SLOVAK,” “POLISH” or
PICTURE menu “HUNGARIAN” as the on-screen language.
“HUNGARIAN” as the on-screen language.
PICTURE Meniul Item PICTURE menu (Imagine)
Contents
MONITOR TYPE PICTURE menu You can select the monitor type to match your TV when you play back DVD Video discs recorded for
16:9 Item4:3 LB wide-screen televisions.
Contents
Opţiune Item 16:9 NORMAL (Wide television screen): Select Cuprins this Contents
MONITOR TYPE
You can select the monitor type to match your TV when when you play the aspect back DVD ratio Video of your discs wide recorded TV is fixed for
MONITOR MONITOR TYPE (TIPUL TYPEDE AFIŞAJ) wide-screen to puteţi You 16:9. can selecta select
televisions. tipul the de monitor afişaj care type se potriveşte to match your televizorului TV when dumneavoastră you play back atunci DVD când Video redaţi discs discuri recorded DVD for
16:9 4:3 LB
16:9 4:3 LB 16:9 16:9 NORMAL Video AUTO wide-screen înregistrate (Wide televisions.
(Wide pentru television televizoare screen): screen): panoramice. Select Select this this when when your the TV aspect is an ratio ordinary of your wide wide TV. TV is fixed
4:3 PS
4:3 LB 16:9 (Letter NORMAL Box (televizor conversion): (Wide panoramic): television For a screen): conventional selectaţi această Select (4:3) this opţiune TV. when atunci Displays the aspect când a aspectul wide-screen ratio of imaginii your picture wide TV to fit is fixed
to 16:9.
the televizorului width to 16:9. of the panoramic TV screen este keeping setat la the 16:9
16:9 aspect ratio.
4:3 PS 16:9 AUTO (Wide television screen): Select this when your TV is an ordinary wide TV.
(Pan AUTO AUTO Scan (televizor conversion): (Wide panoramic): television For a screen): conventional selectaţi Select această (4:3) this opţiune TV. when The dacă your picture televizorul TV is is an zoomed este ordinary unul
4:3 LB (Letter Box conversion): For a conventional (4:3) TV. Displays a wide-screen panoramic to wide
picture fill the TV. screen
4:3 PS
to fit
the vertically 4:3 obişnuit.
4:3 PS
LB (Letter
width of and the the Box
TV left conversion):
screen and right keeping sides For
the of a
aspect the conventional picture ratio. are (4:3) cut off. TV. Displays a wide-screen picture to fit
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
4:3 You PS can (Pan obtain the
(conversie
width
Scan optimal of
Letter
the
conversion): picture TV
Box):
screen
pentru
For quality keeping
un televizor
a conventional by selecting the aspect
obişnuit
(4:3) the TV. source ratio.
(4:3). Afişează o imagine panoramică care să
se potrivească diametrului ecranului televizorului, păstrând The aspectul type picture of imaginii. the is zoomed disc contents. in to fill the screen
AUTO: vertically 4:3 4:3 PS Normally,
PS (conversie (Pan Scan
and the select left Pan conversion):
this and Scan): option. right pentru For
sides The un a
of System
conventional televizor the picture recognizes obişnuit (4:3)
are (4:3). cut the
TV.
off. Imaginea picture
The picture
type este (film transfocată is zoomed
or video
in pentru to
source)
fill a the
of
screen
PICTURE SOURCE
You can the ocupa vertically
current întregul and
obtain optimal disc according ecran the pe left verticală, and right
picture to quality the disc iar laturile sides of
by selecting information. imaginii the picture din dreapta are cut şi din off. stânga sunt tăiate.
the source type of the disc contents.
PICTURE PICTURE SOURCE SOURCE (SURSA IMAGINII) AUTO: FILM: Puteţi You
Normally, For can obţine a film obtain o calitate source optimal
select this optimă disc. picture
option. a imaginii quality
The System selectând by selecting
recognizes tipul de the sursă source
the al picture conţinutului type of the
type (film discului.
contents.
or video source) of
VIDEO: AUTO:
the current For : se a Normally, selectează
disc video according source select în mod disc. this option. The System recognizes the picture type (film or video source) of
to
normal.
the disc
Sistemul
information.
recunoaşte tipul de imagine (dintr-o sursă de film sau
sursă the video) current a discului according curent conform to the informaţiilor disc information. de pe disc.
SCREEN SAVER
FILM: You
FILM:
can For set a the film screen source saver disc. function to ON or OFF. If no operation is done for about 5 minutes, the
pentru For un a film disc source cu sursă disc. de film.
VIDEO: display VIDEO: dims. For a video source disc.
VIDEO:
pentru
For
un
a video
disc cu
source
sursă video.
disc.
SCREEN FILE TYPE SAVER
You can set select the the screen file saver type to function play. to ON or OFF. If no operation is done for about 5 minutes, the
SCREEN SAVER SAVER
Puteţi You can seta set funcţia the screen de screensaver saver function în poziţia to ON ON (activat) or OFF. sau If OFF no operation (dezactivat). is Dacă done nu for se about efectuează 5 minutes, the
display AUDIO: nicio dims. operaţie To play timp MP3/WMA/WAV de aproximativ 5 minute, files. se reduce intensitatea luminoasă a afişajului.
display dims.
FILE TYPE You STILL can PICTURE: select the file To type play to JPEG play. files.
FILE (TIPUL TYPEDE FIŞIER)
Puteţi
AUDIO: VIDEO: You
To can
selecta
play select
tipul
MP3/WMA/WAV MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX the
de
file
fişier
type
care
to
doriţi
play.
să fie redat.
AUDIO: pentru redarea fişierelor în files. format MP3/WMA/WAV. files.
AUDIO: To play MP3/WMA/WAV files.
STILL STILL PICTURE: To (Imagine play JPEG statică): files. redă fişiere în format JPEG.
STILL PICTURE: To play JPEG files.
VIDEO: VIDEO: To pentru play MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX redarea fişierelor în format MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
files.
VIDEO: To play MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX files.
31
31
31 31

Meniul AUDIO AUDIO menu
Item Opţiune
Contents Cuprins
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT (IEŞIRE Set AUDIO this item DIGITALĂ) correctly when Setaţi using această the OPTICAL opţiune în mod DIGITAL corect OUT utilizând terminal borna on OPTICAL the rear. DIGITAL
PCM ONLY: When connecting OUT din spate. to audio equipment which can decode only linear PCM signals.
AUDIO menu DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM: Doar When pentru connecting formatul to PCM: a Dolby la conectarea Digital decoder unui dispozitiv or an amplifier audio with care a poate builtin
Dolby Digital decoder. decoda doar semnale PCM lineare.
STREAM/PCM: When DOLBY connecting DIGITAL/PCM: to a DTS decoder la conectarea or an amplifier unui decodor with a Dolby built-in Digital DTS decoder. sau a
Item
unui amplificator cu Contents decodor Dolby Digital încorporat.
DOWN MIX
This setting is effective for digital audio output if “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” is set “PCM
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT Set
ONLY.”
this item correctly when
STREAM/PCM:
using the OPTICAL
la conectarea
DIGITAL
unui decodor
OUT terminal
DTS sau
on the
a unui
rear.
amplificator cu
decodor DTS încorporat.
PCM
DOLBY
ONLY:
SURROUND:
When connecting
Select this
to audio
when
equipment
connecting
which
to a surround
can decode
decoder.
only linear PCM signals.
DOWN MIX (MIXARE A SUNETULUI) DOLBY
STEREO:
DIGITAL/PCM: Această
Select this when
When setare
connecting
connecting este disponibilă
to a stereo
to a Dolby pentru
receiver,
Digital ieşirea
MD player,
decoder audio
TV,
or an digitală
etc.
amplifier dacă with opţiunea a builtin
Dolby Digital decoder. „DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” este setată în poziţia „PCM ONLY.”
D. RANGE COMPRESSION Set this item to listen to DOLBY DVD Video SURROUND: recorded in selectaţi Dolby Digital această format opţiune at când low or conectaţi middle volume. un decodor
STREAM/PCM: When connecting to a DTS decoder or an amplifier with a built-in DTS decoder.
AUTO: You can enjoy powerful surround. playback sound with full dynamic range.
DOWN MIX
This
ON:
setting
Select this
is effective
when you STEREO: for
want
digital
to
audio selectaţi fully apply
output această the
if “DIGITAL
compression opţiune când AUDIO
effect conectaţi to
OUTPUT”
make un the aparat sound
is set stereo, to
at
“PCM
lower un MD
ONLY.”
volume clear (useful player, at midnight). un televizor, etc.
D. RANGE COMPRESSION (COMPRESIE DOLBY A SURROUND: RAZEI) Setaţi Select această this when opţiune connecting pentru to a asculta a surround un disc decoder. DVD Video înregistrat în
STEREO: Select this when format connecting Dolby Digital to a stereo la volum receiver, redus sau MD mediu. player, TV, etc.
D. RANGE OTHERS COMPRESSION menu Set this item to listen to AUTO: DVD Video vă puteţi recorded bucura in de Dolby o redare Digital puternică format at a sunetului low or middle cu control volume.
AUTO: You can enjoy powerful dinamic playback al razei. sound with full dynamic range.
ON: Select this when you ON: want selectaţi to fully această apply the opţiune compression atunci când effect doriţi to make să aplicaţi the sound în întregime at lower
Item
efectul de comprimare Contents pentru ca sunetul să fie clar la volum redus
volume clear (useful at midnight).
RESUME
You can select Resume. (opţiune utilă pe timpul nopţii).
ON: The System resumes playback from the position where playback has been stopped if the disc is
OTHERS menu still in the disc tray.
Meniul OTHERS (Altele)
OFF: Resume is deactivated.
ON SCREEN GUIDE Activate or deactivate the on-screen guide.
Item
Contents
DivX REGISTRATION Opţiune The System has its own Registration Code. Cuprins
RESUME
You can select Resume.
RESUME (reluarea redării) If necessary, you can confirm it.
ON: The System Puteţi resumes selecta playback opţiunea from Resume the position (reluarea where redării) playback has been stopped if the disc is
Once you have ON: played sistemul back reia a disc redarea in which din the punctul Registration în care a Code fost is oprită, recorded, dacă the discul System’s se mai află în
still in the disc tray.
Registration Code compartimentul is overwritten pentru for copyright discuri. protection.
OFF: Resume OFF: is deactivated. funcţia Resume este dezactivată.
ON SCREEN GUIDE Activate or deactivate the on-screen guide.
ON SCREEN GUIDE (ghidul afişării) Activaţi sau dezactivaţi ghidul afişării.
DivX REGISTRATION The System has its own Registration Code.
DivX REGISTRATION(Înregistrare DivX) Acest sistem dispune de propriul cod de înregistrare.
If necessary, you Dacă can este confirm necesar, it. puteţi să îl confirmaţi.
Once you have În played vederea back protejării a disc in dreptului which the de Registration autor, la redarea Code unui is recorded, disc în care the System’s a fost memorat
Registration Code codul is de overwritten înregistrare, for codul copyright de înregistrare protection. al sistemului este suprascris.
32 32

Informaţii suplimentare
Mai multe informaţii despre <strong>acest</strong> sistem
Conexiuni (vezi paginile 3-5)
• Conductorii antenei nu trebuie să atingă nicio altă bornă, cablu
de conectare sau cablu de alimentare. De asemenea, antenele
trebuie ţinute departe de piesele metalice ale sistemului, de
cablurile de conectare şi de cablul de alimentare CA. Acest
lucru poate cauza o recepţie nesatisfăcătoare.
• Utilizaţi doar difuzoare care au aceeaşi impendanţa ca
cea indicată de bornele difuzoarelor din partea din spate a
sistemului.
• Difuzoarele sunt protejate magnetic pentru a evita
distorsionarea culorilor pe ecranul televizorului. Cu toate
<strong>acest</strong>ea, dacă difuzoarele nu sunt instalate corespunzător,
pot apărea distorsionări ale culorilor. Prin urmare, luaţi în
considerare următoarele atunci când instalaţi difuzoarele:
– când aşezaţi difuzoarele în apropierea unui televizor, opriţi
comutatorul principal al televizorului sau scoateţi-l din priză
înainte de a instala difuzoarele.
Apoi aşteptaţi cel puţin 30 de minute înainte de a reporni
comutatorul principal al televizorului.
– este posibil ca unele televizoare să mai prezinte încă
distorsiuni, chiar dacă aţi urmat instrucţiunile de mai sus. Dacă
se întâmplă <strong>acest</strong> lucru, mutaţi difuzoarele departe de televizor.
Operaţii zilnice—Redarea (vezi paginile 7-10)
Funcţionarea aparatului radio:
• Dacă memoraţi un post nou într-un număr presetat ocupat,
postul memorat anterior cu acel număr va fi şters.
• Atunci când deconectaţi cablul de alimentare CA ori în cazul
unei căderi de tensiune, posturile presetate vor fi şterse în
interval de câteva zile. Dacă <strong>acest</strong> lucru se întâmplă, memoraţi
posturile de radio din nou.
Ascultarea sunetului emis de televizor:
• Atunci când utilizaţi această funcţie, conectaţi sistemul şi
televizorul cu cablul Scart.
Redarea unui disc/fişier:
• Când schimbaţi sursa în DVD/CD sau MEMORIE USB, poate
dura ceva timp până când sursa este activată.
• Următoarele funcţii nu pot fi utilizate pentru fişierele de pe
dispozitivul USB de stocare în masă:
– selectarea unghiului de vizualizare (pagina 18)
– redarea efectelor speciale (pagina 19)
– funcţia Program Play (Redarea programului) (pagina 20)
– funcţia Repetare A-B (pagina 22)
– funcţia Time Search (Căutarea timpului de redare) (pagina 25)
• La unele discuri DVD, SVCD sau VCD, operaţiile reale pot fi
diferite faţă de ceea ce se explică în <strong>acest</strong> manual, datorită
programării şi structurii discului; astfel de diferenţe nu
reprezintă defecţiuni ale sistemului.
• Dacă redaţi un disc DVD Video timp de peste 10 ore, în locul
cifrelor care indică ora apare semnul “_” .
• Unele discuri DVD Audio nu pot fi mixate. La redarea unui
astfel de disc, pe afişaj apare mesajul „LR ONLY” iar sistemul
redă semnalele prin difuzoarele faţă, din dreapta şi din stânga.
• La redarea unui disc DVD Audio înregistrat în format MLP
(Meridian Lossless Packing; un sistem de compresie audio fără
pierderi care poate recrea complet semnalul PCM), semnalele
sunt recunoscute ca fiind semnale PCM lineare; cu toate
<strong>acest</strong>ea, pe afişaj nu se aprinde niciun indicator.
• Acest sistem poate recunoaşte maxim 4 000 de piese de pe un
disc.
De asemenea, sistemul poate recunoaşte maxim 150 de piese
per grup şi maxim 99 de grupuri de pe un disc.
– Dacă există fişiere într-un director care nu pot fi redate,
acele fişiere sunt, de asemenea, incluse în numărul total de
fişiere.
– Fişierele redabile care nu aparţin niciunui grup sunt
considerate ca făcând parte din GROUP 1 (Grupul 1).
• Pentru redarea fişierelor din dispozitivul USB de stocare în
masă...
– În timp ce sistemul citeşte un disc, schimbarea sursei în
USB MEMORY poate face ca sistemul să continue redarea
sursei DVD/CD. În <strong>acest</strong> caz, apăsaţi tasta din unitatea
principală pentru a reactiva sursa USB.
– La conectarea unui dispozitiv USB de stocare în masă, citiţi,
de asemenea, şi instrucţiunile de utilizare ale <strong>acest</strong>uia.
– Pentru fiecare conectare la sistem, utilizaţi un singur
dispozitiv USB de stocare în masă. Nu utilizaţi un hub USB.
– Nu puteţi încărca orice dispozitiv USB prin intermediul mufei
USB MEMORY a sistemului.
– În timpul redării unui fişier aflat pe un dispozitiv USB de
stocare în masă, nu deconectaţi dispozitivul. Acest lucru
poate defecta atât sistemul, cât şi dispozitivul.
– JVC nu îşi asumă răspunderea pentru pierderea informaţiilor
aflate pe dispozitivul USB de stocare în masă în timpul
utilizării <strong>acest</strong>ui sistem.
– La conectarea unui cablu USB, utilizaţi un cablu care are o
lungime mai mică de 1 m.
– Acest sistem este compatibil cu interfaţa USB Full-Speed
(nu este compatibil cu interfaţa USB 1.1).
– Puteţi reda următoarele tipuri de fişiere aflate pe un
dispozitiv USB de stocare în masă (rata maximă de transfer
a datelor: 2 Mbps):
– muzică: MP3/WMA/WAV
– imagini: JPEG
– filme: MPEG-1, MPEG-2, ASF, DivX (frecvenţa cadru
maximă de 30 fps pentru modul progresiv)
– Nu puteţi reda un fişier mai mare de 2 Gb.
– La redarea unui fişier care are o rată mare de transfer,
cadrele sau sunetele pot fi redate la o intensitate mai
redusă.
– Acest sistem nu poate recunoaşte un dispozitiv USB de
stocare în masă cu altă valoare decât cea de 5 V şi nu
depăşeşte 500 mA.
– Este posibil ca <strong>acest</strong> sistem să nu poată reda anumite
dispozitive USB de stocare în masă şi să nu suporte tehnica
DRM (Digital Rights Management).
– Este posibil ca <strong>acest</strong> sistem să nu poată reda unele fişiere
chiar dacă formatele <strong>acest</strong>ora sunt enumerate mai sus.
– Pornirea unui player audio digital (DAP) care are peste 1 Gb
durează mai mult.
• Pentru redarea discurilor DVD-VR...
– Acest sistem poate reda doar un disc în format UDF-Bridge.
– Pentru detalii privind formatul DVD-VR şi lista de redare,
consultaţi manualul de utilizare al echipamentul de
înregistrare.
– Nu puteţi utiliza funcţiile de redare înapoi cu viteză redusă,
Program Play sau Random Play.
• Redarea fişierelor în format MP3/WMA/WAV...
– Discurile în format MP3/WMA/WAV necesită un timp de
citire mai mare decât CD-urile obişnuite (în funcţie de
complexitatea configuraţiei grupului/fişierului.)
– Unele fişiere în format MP3/WMA/WAV nu pot fi redate şi vor
fi sărite. Acest lucru rezultă din procedurile şi condiţiile de
înregistrare.
– Acest sistem poate reda doar discuri în format ISO 9660
Level 1 sau Level 2.
– Acest sistem poate reda fişierele în format MP3/WMA/WAV
care au extensia , sau (indiferent de
tipul literelor - majuscule / minuscule).
– Se recomandă ca fiecare fişier în format MP3/WMA să fie
înregistrat la o rată de eşantionare de 44,1 kHz şi o rată de
transfer de 128 kbps.
Pentru fişierele în format WAV: 44,1kHz/16bit. Acest sistem
nu poate reda fişiere înregistrate la o rată de transfer mai
mică de 64 kbps.
33

• For JPEG files playback...
Playing Back a portable audio device:
– It is recommended that you record a file at 640 x 480 • When QP Link fails due to a weak sound signal from the
resolution. (If a file has been recorded at a resolution of
• Pentru redarea fişierelor în format JPEG...
Redarea AUX unui jack, dispozitiv Auto Standby audio portabil: may turn the System off even if
– se recomandă
more than
inscripţionarea
640 x 480, it will
unui
take
fişier
a
la
long
o rezoluţie
time to
de
be shown.)
• Atunci you când can opţiunea hear the QP sound Link from nu funcţionează the speakers.
640
– This
x 480.
System
(În cazul
can
în
play
care un
only
fişier
baseline
a fost inscripţionat
JPEG files*.
din cauza
la o
rezoluţie Progressive mai mare JPEG de 640 files* x 480, or <strong>acest</strong>a lossless va JPEG fi afişat files* mai greu.) cannot semnalului In such audio cases, slab adjust primit the de volume la mufa AUX, level funcţia of the de component
– sistemul be played.
aşteptare louder automată so that the poate System opri sistemul can detect chiar the dacă sound încă se signal mai
poate reda fişiere JPEG de bază*.
Fişierele * Baseline JPEG progresive* JPEG format: şi fişierele Used JPEG for fără digital pierderi* cameras, aude properly. sunetul emis de difuzoare.
nu pot fi redate.
web, etc.
În astfel • Changing de cazuri, from măriţi AUX volumul to another componentei source astfel while încât QP Link
* Formatul Progressive JPEG de JPEG bază: format: utilizate Used pentru for camere web.
sistemul
digitale, works să poată will deactivate detecta în mod QP Link corespunzător temporarily. semnalul audio.
• Schimbarea sursei AUX în timp ce QP Link funcţionează va
Lossless JPEG format: internet, An etcold type and rarely used In this case, the following reactivates QP Link:
dezactiva temporar funcţia QP Link.
Formatul JPEG progresiv: utilizat pentru now. internet.
În <strong>acest</strong>
– Pressing
caz, următoarele
QP LINK
acţiuni
on the
reactivează
remote control
funcţia
twice.
QP Link:
Format – This JPEG System fără can pierderi: playback o versiune JPEG veche files with care the este extension – apăsaţi – Unplug de două the ori component tasta QP LINK from de the pe AUX telecomandă. jack, then plug it
code or utilizată (regardless rar. of the letter case— – deconectaţi in again. componenta de la mufa AUX, apoi reconectaţi-o.
– Sistemul upper/lower). poate reda fişiere JPEG cu extensia • Dacă • If apăsaţi you press tasta (Standby/on) pentru to turn a opri the sistemul System sau off or if
sau – This System (indiferent may de not tipul playback literelor JPEG - majuscule files properly sau if dacă preset cronometrul Timer presetat turns the opreşte System sistemul off în while timp ce QP QP Link works,
minuscule). they are recorded from a device other than a digital funcţionează, the System sistemul will deactivate dezactiva QP temporar Link funcţia temporarily. QP Link.
– Acest camera. sistem nu poate reda corect fişiere JPEG dacă
În astfel
<strong>acest</strong>ea sunt înregistrate de pe un alt dispozitiv decât
In such de cazuri, cases, următoarele the following acţiuni reactivates reactivează QP funcţia Link: QP Link:
– During slide-show playback, zoom cannot be operated. – când
camera digitală.
– When semnalul the sound audio din signal mufa from AUX the se opreşte AUX jack sau stops este prea or is too
• For MPEG-1/MPEG-2 playback...
slab
– În timpul redării modului diapozitiv, funcţia zoom nu poate fi
weak
timp de
for
aproximativ
about 30 seconds
30 de secunde
after the
după
System
ce sistemul
is turned
a
off.
– The stream format should conform to MPEG system/ fost oprit.
utilizată.
• Pentru
program
redarea fişierelor
stream.
– când
– When
porniţi
you
din
turn
nou sistemul.
on the power again.
MPEG-1/MPEG-2...
– formatul
– 720 x
de
576
inscripţionare
pixels (25
trebuie
fps)/720
să respecte
x 480 pixels
sistemul/
(30 fps) is • QP • Link QP Link poate may începe start să working funcţioneze when după you ce conectaţi just plug in the
programul recommended MPEG. for the highest resolution.
componenta component la mufa to the AUX AUX sau o jack deconectaţi or unplug . Aceasta it. This nu is not a
– pentru – This rezoluţia System cea also mai supports mare se the recomandă resolutions 720 of x 576 352 x 576/ constituie malfunction. o defecţiune.
pixeli 480 (25 x fps)/720 576/ 352 x 480 x 288 pixeli pixels (30 fps). (25 fps) and 352 x 480/ 480 Operaţii zilnice—Sunetul & alte reglaje
– <strong>acest</strong> x 480/ sistem 352 suportă x 240 de pixels asemenea (30 fps). rezoluţii de 352 x 576/ Daily Operations—Sound & Other Adjustments
(vezi paginile 11 – 14)
480 – The x 576/ file 352 format x 288 should pixeli (25 be fps) MP@ML şi 352 x (Main 480/ 480 Profile x 480/ at
Reglarea (see sunetului: pages 11 to 14)
352 Main x 240 Level)/SP@ML pixeli (30 fps). (Simple profile at Main Level)/
• Această Adjusting funcţie the afectează Sound: şi sunetul emis prin căşti.
– Formatul MP@LL fişierelor (Main trebuie Profile să fie at Low MP@ML Level). (Main Profile at
Main – Audio Level)/SP@ML streams should (Simple conform profile at to Main MPEG1 Level)/ Audio MP@LL layer-2 Modificarea • This function modului also de scanare: affects the sound through the
(Main or Profile MPEG2 at Low Audio Level). Layer-2.
• Nu puteţi headphones. trece la modul de scanare progresiv în următoarele
– • Fişierele For ASF audio playback... trebuie să respecte formatul MPEG1 Audio cazuri: Changing the Scanning Mode:
layer-2 – This sau System MPEG2 can Audio play Layer-2.
–
back ASF files with the extension •
când
You
televizorul
cannot change
nu suportă
the scanning
intrarea video
mode
progresivă.
to progressive in the
• Pentru code redarea fişierelor (regardless în format of ASF...
– când nu aţi conectat televizorul la sistem prin intermediul
the letter case—upper/lower).
– sistemul – This poate System reda supports fişiere în ASF format files ASF whose cu extensia resolution unui following cablu video cases: al componentelor.
is
(indiferent 352 x 288 de tipul pixels literelor less. - majuscule sau minuscule). Reglarea
– When
ceasului:
your TV does not support the progressive video
– sistemul
– Some
suportă
recorded
fişiere
files
în
may
format
not
ASF
be
cu
able
o rezoluţie
to playback
de 352 x • “0:00” input. va lumina intermitent pe afişaj până când reglaţi ceasul.
288
depending
pixeli sau mai
on
puţin.
• ceasul – When o poate you lua have înainte not sau connected poate rămâne your în TV urmă to the cu system
file characteristics, kind of digital camera/
– este posibil ca unele fişiere înregistrate să nu poată fi redate, 1 - 2 minute using pe a component lună. În eventualitatea video cord. în care <strong>acest</strong> lucru se
în funcţie
video
de
camera,
caracteristicile
or recording
fişierului,
conditions.
modelul camerei
întâmplă,
digitale/video
– You cannot
sau
use
de
the
condiţiile
following
de înregistrare.
functions—One Touch Setting resetaţi the Clock: ceasul.
– nu puteţi Replay, utiliza Slow următoarele motion, A-B funcţii—One Repeat, Touch Program Replay Play and Funcţii • “0:00” avansate will flash ale radioului on the display (vezi paginile until you 15 set şi 16) the clock.
(redare Random cu o singură Play. atingere), Slow motion (redare cu viteză • Dacă • The doriţi clock să aflaţi may informaţii gain lose suplimentare 1 to 2 minutes despre per sistemul month. de If this
• redusă), For DivX A-B playback... Repeat (Repetare A-B), Program Play (redarea date happens, radio, vizitaţi reset pagina the clock.
programului) – This System şi Random can play Play only (redare a disc aleatorie). of UDF-Bridge format. «http://www.rds.org.uk».
• Pentru “Multi-border” redarea fişierelor is DivX... not supported.
• Dacă Advanced sistemul are Radio nevoie de Operations câteva momente (see pentru pages a afişa 15
– Acest – The sistem System poate supports reda doar all un versions disc în format of DivX UDF-Bridge.
R video informaţiile and 16) despre sistemul de date radio — semnale PS, PTY,
Formatul (including “Multi-border” DivX R 6). nu poate fi redat.
RT, în timpul căutării, pe ecran vor apărea mesajele “WAIT
• If you want to know more about Radio Data System, visit
– Sistemul – The System suportă supports toate versiunile DivX de files DivX whose ® video resolution (inclusiv is 720 PS,”(„Aşteptaţi numele postului de radio”) “WAIT PTY,” („Aşteptaţi
DivX x ® 480 6). pixels or less (30 fps), and 720 x 576 pixels or less tipul «http://www.rds.org.uk».
de program”) sau “WAIT RT”(„Aşteptaţi text radio”).
– Sistemul (25 fps). suportă fişiere DivX cu o rezoluţie de 720 x 480 Funcţii
• If
unice
the System
pentru
takes
DVD/VCD
time to
(vezi
show
paginile
the Radio
17-19)
Data System
pixeli – Audio sau mai stream puţin should (30 fps) conform şi de 720 to x Dolby 576 pixeli Digital, sau mai MPEG1 information—PS, PTY, RT signals, “WAIT PS,” “WAIT
puţin Audio (25 fps).
Selectarea piesei audio:
Layer-2 or MPEG Audio Layer-3 (MP3).
PTY,” or “WAIT RT” will appear while searching.
– Fişierele – This System audio trebuie can play să respecte back DivX formatul files Dolby with Digital,
• pentru unele discuri DVD Video nu puteţi schimba limbile audio
the extension
MPEG1 code Audio Layer-2 sau MPEG (regardless Audio Layer-3 of (MP3).
în timpul redării.
the letter Unique DVD/VCD Operations (see pages 17 to 19)
– Sistemul
case—upper/lower).
poate reda fişiere în format DivX cu extensia Redarea efectelor speciale:
,
– The System
,
does
(indiferent
not support
de
GMC
tipul literelor
(Global
- majuscule • în timpul Selecting redării the cu Audio viteză redusă Track: nu se emite niciun sunet.
Motion
sau minuscule).
• este • On posibil some ca DVD imaginea Video transfocată discs, you să fie cannot de calitate change inferioară. audio
– Sistemul
Compression).
nu poate reda formatul GMC (Global Motion
languages while playing back.
Compression).
– The file encoded in the interlaced scanning mode may
– Este not posibil be played ca fişierele back codate correctly.
Special Effect Playback:
în modul de scanare
intercalată – You cannot să nu use fie redate the following corespunzător. functions—One Touch • During slow-motion playback, no sound will be
– Nu Replay, puteţi utiliza Slow următoarele motion, A-B funcţii—One Repeat, Touch Program Replay Play, reproduced.
(redare Random cu o singură Play and atingere), on-screen Slow operations. motion (redare cu
• While zoomed in, the picture may look coarse.
viteză redusă), A-B Repeat (Repetare A-B), Program Play
(Redarea programului), Random Play (Redare aleatorie) şi
operaţiile efectuate pe ecran.
34
34

Advanced Playback Operations (see pages 20 to 26)
Maintenance
Programming the Playing Order—Program Play:
• While programming steps...
To get the best performance of the System, keep your discs
Your entry will be ignored if you have tried to program an and mechanism clean.
item number that does not exist (for example, selecting
Handling discs
track 14 on a disc that only has 12 tracks).
anced Playback Funcţii avansate Operations ale radioului (see pages (vezi 20 paginile to 26) 20 - 26) • Remove the disc from its case by holding it at the edge
Playing Repeatedly:
Maintenance Întreţinerea
gramming Programarea the Playing ordinii Order—Program redare—Program Play:
while pressing the center hole lightly.
• A-B Repeat can be used within the same Play title (Redarea while playing
hile programming programului): steps...
To get the best Pentru • performance Do o not funcţionare touch of the the optimă shiny System, a surface sistemului, keep of your the păstraţi disc, discs discurile or bend şi the disc.
a DVD Video, and within the same track for the other discs. mecanismele
our entry • will În be timpul ignored programării if you etapelor... have tried to program an and mechanism • Put clean. the disc curate. back in its case after use to prevent warping.
On-screen Bar Operations:
em number that este does posibil not ca exist înregistrarea (for example, să fie omisă selecting dacă aţi încercat să
Manevrarea • Be careful discurilor not to scratch the surface of the disc when
• For DVD-R/-RW in the VR format, “PG” or “PL”
ack 14 on a disc programaţi that only un număr has 12 de tracks). opţiune care nu există (de exemplu, Handling appears discs • Scoateţi discul din carcasă, ţinându-l de margini în timp ce
selectarea
instead of
piesei
“TITLE”
14 în
on
cadrul
the
unui
on-screen
disc care
bar.
placing it back in its case.
are doar • 12 Remove piese). the disc
ying Repeatedly:
•
aplicaţi
Avoid from o
exposure
presiune its case uşoară by to direct holding asupra
sunlight, it at cavităţii the extreme edge centrale
temperature,
a carcasei.
Redareaa repetată:
• Nu atingeţi suprafaţa lucioasă a discului. Nu îndoiţi discul.
-B Repeat • can Audio/Video
Funcţia be used A-B within File
Repeat the Operations
(Repetare same title A-B) while
(see
poate playing
pages 27 while and 28) pressing
fi utilizată în cadrul
• Poziţionaţi and the moisture. center
discul
hole
în
lightly.
carcasă după utilizare pentru a preveni
VD Video, Operations
aceluiaşi and within titlu
on the în timpul
the same Control
redării track for unui
Screen the disc other : • Do not touch
DVD discs.
To the
Video şi în cadrul
îndoirea. clean shiny the surface disc: of the disc, or bend the disc.
-screen Bar • aceleiaşi If Operations: you press piese ON pentru SCREEN celelalte on discuri. the remote control • during Put the disc • back Wipe Poziţionaţi in the its case discul with after în carcasă a use soft to cloth cu prevent atenţie in a warping. straight pentru ca line suprafaţa from center
r DVD-R/-RW Utilizarea
video in the file
barei VR playback,
de format, ecran:
playback “PG” or “PL” information appears appears • Be on careful the not to
discului to edge. scratch să nu the se surface zgârie. of the disc when
stead of “TITLE” • Pentru on discurile the on-screen DVD-R/-RW bar. în format VR, pe bara de ecran
placing it back
• Evitaţi
in its
expunerea
case.
la lumina directă a soarelui, temperaturi
TV screen.
extreme şi umezeală.
• apare If you mesajul press ON “PG” SCREEN sau “PL” în on loc the de remote mesajul control “TITLE”. • during Avoid exposure Cleaning to direct the sunlight, System extreme temperature,
io/Video Utilizarea File Operations
Curăţarea discului:
audio file fişierelor playback, audio/video (see “ pages ” will appear (vezi 27 and paginile on 28) the 27 TV şi and screen. 28) moisture. • Stains should be wiped off with a soft cloth. If the System
ştergeţi
erations on Utilizarea the Control meniului Screen de comandă: :
To clean the disc:
heavily discul cu stained, un material wipe textil it with moale, a cloth cu mişcări soaked liniare
waterdiluted
a soft neutral cloth detergent in a straight and line wrung from well, center then wipe clean
Timer Operations (see pages 29 and 30)
începând din centru spre margine.
you press • ON dacă SCREEN apăsaţi tasta on the ON remote SCREEN control de pe during telecomandă în Wipe timpul the disc with
deo file playback, Setting redării fişierelor playback the Timer: video, information pe ecranul appears televizorului on the apar informaţiile
Curăţarea
to edge. with a dry sistemului cloth.
screen. • de If you redare. do not specify the preset station or track number • • Petele Since trebuie the System şterse may cu o deteriorate lavetă moale. in În quality, cazul în become care
you press
•
ON
dacă correctly SCREEN
apăsaţi while tasta
on setting the
ON
remote
SCREEN a timer, control
de the pe currently during
telecomandă selected în Cleaning timpul station the sistemul System este foarte pătat, ştergeţi-l cu o lavetă înmuiată în
redării fişierelor audio, pe ecranul televizorului apare
apă
damaged
cu detergent
or get
neutru
its paint
şi stoarsă
peeled
bine,
off,
apoi
be careful
ştergeţi-l
about
cu un
the
dio file playback, or the
mesajul “ first track
“ ”. ” will will appear be played on the when TV screen. the timer is • activated. Stains should material be following: wiped textil off uscat. with a soft cloth. If the System
• When you unplug the AC power cord or if a power is failure heavily stained, wipe it with a cloth soaked in waterdiluted
the neutral să – detergent se DO defecteze NOT and wipe sau wrung it să forcefully. i se well, decojească then wipe vopseaua, clean respectaţi
er Operations Funcţiile (see cronometrului pages 29 (vezi and pagina 30) 29 şi 30)
• Având – DO în NOT vedere wipe că sistemul it with a poate hard să cloth. îşi piardă din calitate,
occurs, the timer will be canceled. You need to set
ting the Timer:
Reglarea clock first, cronometrului: then the timer again.
• dacă nu specificaţi corect postul presetat sau numărul piesei
with a
în
dry cloth. următoarele
– DO NOT
indicaţii:
wipe it with thinner or benzine.
you do not • specify If you set
timp ce setaţi
the DVD preset Video
un cronometru,
station as or the
după
track source,
activarea
number Daily Timer
cronometrului • Since will not – NU îl ştergeţi cu un material textil aspru.
se the System
–– NU DO may
îl NOT ştergeţi
deteriorate apply cu putere. any in volatile quality, substance become such as
rrectly while va
work setting reda
correctly.
postul a timer, selectat the currently în mod curent selected sau station prima piesă. damaged or get – NU its insecticides paint îl ştergeţi peeled cu to diluant it. off, be sau careful benzină. about the
the first track • Timer când will deconectaţi Priority: be played cablul when de the alimentare timer is activated. CA sau în cazul unei following:
– NU DO îl NOT ştergeţi allow cu substanţe any rubber volatile, or plastic cum ar to fi remain insecticidele.
contact
hen you unplug • căderi If you the de set AC tensiune, the power Sleep cronometrul cord Timer or if after a este power Daily anulat. failure Timer Trebuie starts să
–
setaţi playing
DO NOT wipe – NU it permiteţi with a hard ca obiecte cloth. din cauciuc sau din plastic să intre în
curs, the timer mai will întâi be ceasul, canceled. apoi să You resetaţi need cronometrul.
for a long time.
the selected source, Daily Timer to is set canceled. the
– DO NOT wipe
contact
it forcefully.
cu <strong>acest</strong>a timp îndelungat.
ock first, then
• dacă
the
setaţi
timer
DVD
again.
Video ca sursă, funcţia Daily Timer
(cronometru zilnic) nu va funcţiona corect. – DO NOT wipe it with thinner or benzine.
you set DVD Setup Video Menu as the Operations source, Daily
(see
Timer
pages
will not
31 and 32) Îndepărtarea To remove grilelor the speaker difuzoarelor: grilles:
– DO NOT apply any volatile substance such as
ork correctly.
Prioritatea General: cronometrului:
• dacă setaţi funcţia Sleep Timer după ce funcţia Daily Timer insecticides to it.
er Priority: • If the upper and lower parts of the menu are cut off, adjust
începe redarea sursei selectate, funcţia Daily Timer este – DO NOT allow any rubber or plastic to remain in contact
you set the Sleep anulată.
the picture Timer size after control Daily Timer of the TV. starts playing
for a long time.
e selected Funcţiile source, LANGUAGE Daily meniului Timer menu:
de is setare canceled. (vezi pagina 31 şi 32)
• When the language you have selected for MENU
tup Menu Informaţii Operations generale: (see pages 31 and 32) To remove the speaker grilles:
• dacă
LANGUAGE,
partea superioară
AUDIO
şi cea
LANGUAGE,
inferioară a meniului
or SUBTITLE
nu se pot
is
eral: vedea, not recorded reglaţi dimensiunea on a disc, the imaginii original pentru language televizor. is used as the
the upper Meniul and initial lower LANGUAGE
language. parts of the (limba menu de are redare): cut off, adjust
e picture size • PICTURE în control cazul în of care menu—MONITOR the limba TV. pe care aţi selectat-o TYPE: pentru meniurile
NGUAGE • menu: MENU Even if LANGUAGE “4:3 PS” is (Limba selected, de afişare the screen a meniului), size may AUDIO become
hen the language LANGUAGE you have (Limba selected de redare for MENU audio) sau SUBTITLE
Grila Speaker
4:3 letter box while playing a disc. This depends on how
NGUAGE,
(Subtitrare) the AUDIO discs are LANGUAGE,
nu recorded. este înregistrată
or SUBTITLE
pe disc, limba
is
originală se
difuzorului grille
utilizează în mod automat ca limbă iniţială.
t recorded • on When a disc, you the select original “16:9” language for a picture is used whose as the aspect ratio is
itial language.
Meniul 4:3, PICTURE the picture (imagine)—MONITOR slightly changes due TYPE to the (tipul process de for
monitor):
TURE menu—MONITOR converting the picture
• chiar dacă este selectată TYPE: width.
opţiunea “4:3 PS”, dimensiunea
en if “4:3 OTHERS PS” ecranului is selected, poate menu—ON deveni the screen 4:3 SCREEN letter size box may GUIDE: în become timpul redării unui
Orificii Holes
Proiecţie Projection
Speaker
3 letter box • disc. while The Acest setup playing lucru menu a depinde disc. and on-screen This de felul depends în bar care on will au how be fost displayed înregistrate (and
grille
e discs are recorded. discurile. recorded) even though this function is set to “OFF.”
hen you select • La Subtitles selectarea “16:9” and for aspectului the a picture information panoramic whose for aspect zoom-in „16:9” ratio pentru always is o imagine appear cu on
aspectul 4:3, imaginea suferă uşoare modificări ca urmare a
3, the picture the
procesului
slightly display changes regardless
de convertire
due of
a
to
dimensiunilor
the this process setting.
sale.
for
nverting the picture width.
Meniul OTHERS (Altele)—ON SCREEN GUIDE (Ghidul afişării)
HERS menu—ON • Meniul de SCREEN setare şi bara GUIDE: de ecran vor fi afişate (şi înregistrate)
Holes
Projection
e setup menu 35 chiar and dacă on-screen această bar funcţie will este be displayed setată în poziţia (and “OFF”
corded) even (dezactivată). though this function is set to “OFF.”
btitles and the Subtitrările information şi informaţiile zoom-in pentru always transfocare appear apar on întotdeauna
e display regardless pe afişaj, of indiferent this setting. de setare.
35

Îndrumar de depanare
Informaţii generale:
Reglările sau setările sunt anulate subit înainte de a fi setate.
Există o limită de timp. Repetaţi procedura.
Funcţiile sunt dezactivate.
Microprocesorul încorporat poate să nu funcţioneze
corespunzător datorită unei interferenţe electrice externe.
Deconectaţi cablul de alimentare CA şi apoi reconectaţi-l.
Sistemul nu poate fi utilizat folosind telecomanda.
Legătura dintre telecomandă şi senzorul de telecomandă al
sistemului este blocată.
Bateriile sunt descărcate.
Nu se aude nici un sunet.
Conexiunile difuzoarelor sunt incorecte sau slăbite.
Sunt conectate căştile.
Pe ecran nu este afişată nicio imagine.
Conexiunile cablului video sunt incorect realizate sau sunt
slăbite.
Pe ecranul televizorului nu este afişată nicio imagine,
imaginea este neclară sau este împărţită în două.
Sistemul este conectat la un televizor care nu suportă
intrarea video progresivă.
Marginile din stânga şi din dreapta ale imaginii nu apar pe
ecran.
Selectaţi opţiunea “4:3 LB” pentru “MONITOR TYPE” (tipul de
monitor) (vezi pagina 31).
Atunci când deconectaţi cablul de alimentare CA şi îl
reconectaţi, este posibil ca modul de scanare să revină la
setarea iniţială (“RGB”) (vezi pagina 13).
Funcţionarea aparatului radio:
Transmisiile nu se aud bine din cauza zgomotelor.
Conexiunile antenelor sunt incorecte sau slăbite.
Antena-cadru AM se află prea aproape de sistem.
Antena FM nu este extinsă şi poziţionată corespunzător.
Funcţiile de redare a discurilor/fişierelor:
Discul nu este redat.
Aţi introdus un cod care nu are codul regional “2”.
(Pe afişaj apare mesajul “RG ERROR”.)
Discul este introdus invers. Introduceţi discul cu eticheta în sus.
Elementele de informare ID3 ale fişierelor MP3/WMA/WAV nu
pot fi afişate.
Există două tipuri de elemente de informare ID3 —versiunea
1 şi versiunea 2.
Sistemul poate afişa doar elementele de informare ID3
versiunea 1.
Grupurile şi piesele nu sunt redate aşa cum vă aşteptaţi.
Ordinea de redare este stabilită atunci când sunt înregistrate
grupurile şi piesele. Aceasta depinde de maniera de
inscripţionare.
Fişierele MP3, WMA, WAV, JPEG, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, ASF sau
DivX nu sunt redate.
Discul sau dispozitivul USB de redare în masă poate include
tipuri diferite de piese (de exemplu, fişiere în format MP3/WMA/
WAV şi JPEG). În <strong>acest</strong> caz, pot fi redate doar fişierele selectate
de setarea “FILE TYPE” (tipul de fişier) (vezi pagina 31).
Aţi modificat setarea “FILE TYPE” după ce sistemul a citit
discul sau dispozitivul USB de stocare în masă. În <strong>acest</strong>
caz, reintroduceţi discul sau deconectaţi dispozitivul USB de
stocare în masă şi reconectaţi-l.
Este afişat mesajul “NO AUDIO” (Nu există surse audio).
Acest sistem nu poate reda discuri DVD Audio produse ilegal.
Pe ecran este afişat mesajul “LR ONLY”.
Unele discuri DVD Audio nu pot fi mixate.
La redarea unui astfel de disc, sistemul redă doar semnalele
recepţionate prin difuzoarele faţă, din dreapta şi din stânga.
Sunetul de pe disc este discontinuu.
Discul este zgâriat sau murdar.
Pe afişaj nu apare nicio subtitrare deşi aţi selectat limba
iniţială de redare a subtitrării.
Unele DVD-uri sunt programate să nu afişeze iniţial nicio
subtitrare. În <strong>acest</strong> caz, apăsaţi tasta SUBTITLE (Subtitrare)
după începerea redării (vezi pagina 18).
Limba de redare audio este diferită de cea selectată ca limbă
audio iniţială.
Unele DVD-uri sunt programate să afişeze iniţial limba
originală. În <strong>acest</strong> caz, apăsaţi tasta AUDIO/MPX după
începerea redării (vezi pagina 17).
Compartimentul pentru discuri nu se deschide sau nu se
închide.
Cablul de alimentare CA nu este conectat.
Funcţia Child Lock (blocare împotriva accesului copiilor) este
activată. În fereastra de afişare apare mesajul “LOCKED”
(blocat) (vezi pagina 22).
Utilizarea funcţiei QP Link:
Sistemul porneşte automat chiar dacă cronometrul introduce
sistemul în modul aşteptare sau dacă introduceţi sistemul
în modul aşteptare în timpul redării prin intermediul
dispozitivului audio portabil.
În <strong>acest</strong> caz, dezactivaţi funcţia QP Link sau opriţi redarea
prin intermediul dispozitivului conectat la mufa AUX.
Funcţiile cronometrului:
Funcţia Daily Timer (Cronometru zilnic) nu funcţionează.
Sistemul a fost pornit când a sosit timpul de pornire.
Cronometrul începe să funcţioneze doar atunci când sistemul
este oprit.
Funcţia Daily Timer (Cronometru zilnic) nu începe
redarea.
Discul introdus este un disc DVD Video. Schimbaţi discul.
Numărul titlului/grupului şi numărul capitolului/piesei nu sunt
introduse în timpul setării funcţiei Daily Timer. Nu săriţi peste
<strong>acest</strong>e etape atunci când doriţi să redaţi un disc utilizând
funcţia Daily Timer.
36

37
AA
Afar
AB
Abkhazian
AF
Afrikaans
AM
Ameharic
AR
Arabă
AS
Assameză
AY
Aymara
AZ
Azeră
BA
Bashkir
BE
Bielorusă
BG
Bulgară
BH
Bihari
BI
Bislama
BN
Bengaleză
BO
Tibetană
BR
Bretonă
CA
Catalană
CO
Corsicană
CY
Galeză
DA
Daneză
DZ
Bhutani
EL
Greacă
EO
Esperanto
ET
Estoniană
EU
Bască
FA
Persană
FI
Finlandeză
FJ
Fiji
FO
Faroeză
FY
Friziană
GA
Irlandeză
GD
Scoţiană galică
GL
Galiciană
GN
Guarani
GU
Gujarati
HA
Hausa
HI
Hindi
HR
Croată
HY
Armeniană
IA
Interlingua
IE
Interlingue
IK
Inupiak
IN
Indoneziană
IS
Islandeză
IW
Ebraică
JI
Yiddish
JW
Javaneză
KA
Georgiană
KK
Kazahă
KL
Groenlandeză
KM
Cambogiană
KN
Kannada
KO
Coreeană (KOR)
KS
Kashmiri
KU
Kurdă
KY
Kirghiză
LA
Latină
LN
Lingala
LO
Laoţiană
LT
Lituaniană
LV
Letonă
MG
Malagasy
MI
Maori
MK
Macedoneană
ML
Malayalam
MN
Mongolă
MO
Moldovenească
MR
Marathi
MS
Malay (MAY)
MT
Malteză
MY
Burmeză
NA
Nauru
NE
Nepaleză
NL
Olandeză
NU
Norvegiană
OC
Occitană
OM
(Afan) Oromo
OR
Oriya
PA
Panjabi
PS
Pashto, Pushto
PT
Portugheză
QU
Quechua
RM
Retoromană
RN
Kirundi
RO
Română
RW
Kinyarwanda
SA
Sanscrită
SD
Sindhi
SG
Sangho
SH
Sârbo-croată
SI
Singhaleză
SL
Slovenă
SM
Samoană
SN
Shona
SO
Somaleză
SQ
Albaneză
SR
Sârbă
SS
Siswati
ST
Sesotho
SU
Sundaneză
SV
Suedeză
SW
Swahili
TA
Tamil
TE
Telugu
TG
Tajik
TH
Thailandeză
TI
Tigrinya
TK
Turkmenă
TL
Tagalog
TN
Setswana
TO
Tongaleză
TR
Turcă
TS
Tsonga
TT
Tătară
TW
Twi
UK
Ucraineană
UR
Urdu
UZ
Uzbekă
VI
Vietnameză
VO
Volapuk
WO
Wolof
XH
Xhosa
YO
Yoruba
ZU
Zulu
Lista codurilor limbilor

Semnale ale ieşirii OPTICAL DIGITAL
OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals
OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals
DIGITAL AUDIO
Output Signals
DIGITAL OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT (IEŞIRE
Semnale de ieşire
Playback disc/file DIGITAL AUDIO AUDIO DIGITALĂ) STREAM/PCM STREAM/PCMDOLBY DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM Doar pentru PCM formatul ONLY
Output Signals
PCM
DVD Redarea Video discului/fişierului OUTPUT
PCM
Playback
DVD with Video 48 kHz, disc/file 16/20/24 bit Linear PCM STREAM/PCM 48 kHz, DOLBY 16 48 bit DIGITAL/PCM kHz, Linear 16 PCM* biţi PCM Linear* PCM ONLY
DVD with Video 96 cu kHz, 48 Linear kHz, 16/20/24 PCM biţi PCM Linear
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
with with Dolby 48 kHz,
cu 96 Digital 16/20/24 bit Linear PCM
kHz, PCM Linear
Dolby Digital bitstream 48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM*
48 kHz, 16 biţi PCM 48 Linear kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
with with DTS96 kHz, Linear PCM
cu Dolby Digital DTS bitstream 48 kHz, 16 bit
Flux de biţi Dolby Digital 48 Linear kHz, 16 PCM
48 bit kHz, Linear 16 biţi PCM PCM Linear
DVD Audio with Dolby Digital Dolby Digital bitstream 48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
cu DTS Flux de biţi DTS 48 kHz, 16 biţi PCM Linear
with with 48/96/192 DTS kHz, 16/20/24 bit
DTS bitstream 48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DVD Audio
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM*
DVD Linear Audio PCM
with with 44.1/88.2/176.4 cu 48/96/192 48/96/192 kHz, kHz, kHz, 16/20/24 16/20/24 bit biţi PCM Linear
48 kHz, 16 biţi PCM Linear*
44.1 48 kHz, kHz, 16 16 bit bit Linear Linear PCM* PCM*
16/20/24 Linear cu bit PCM 44,1/88,2/176,4 Linear PCM kHz, 16/20/24 biţi PCM
44,1 kHz, 16 biţi PCM Linear*
with with Dolby Linear 44.1/88.2/176.4 Digital kHz,
Dolby Digital bitstream 48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM*
with 16/20/24 DTS cu Dolby bit Linear DigitalPCM
DTS bitstream Flux de biţi Dolby Digital 48 kHz, 16 bit Linear 48 kHz, PCM 16 biţi PCM Linear
DVD-R/-RW with cu Dolby in DTS DVD-VR Digitalformat
Flux Dolby de biţi Digital DTS bitstream 48 kHz, 16 biţi 48 PCM kHz, Linear 16 bit Linear PCM
Discuri with with 48 DVD-R/-RW kHz, DTS16/20/24 în bit format Linear PCM DVD-VR DTS bitstream 48 kHz, 16 48 bit kHz, Linear 16 48 PCM* biţi kHz, PCM 16 bit Linear*
PCM
DVD-R/-RW with Dolby cu 48 Digital in kHz, DVD-VR 16/20/24 format biţi PCM Linear Dolby Digital bitstream 48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
SVCD, VCD, with cu 48 CD Dolby kHz, 16/20/24 Digital bit Linear PCM
44.1 kHz, Flux 16 de bit biţi Linear 48 Dolby kHz, PCM/48 Digital 16 bit Linear kHz, 16 PCM* bit Linear 48 kHz, PCM16 biţi PCM Linear
CD SVCD, with with DTS VCD, Dolby CDDigital DTS bitstream Dolby 44,1 Digital kHz, bitstream 16 biţi PCM 44.1 Linear kHz, 16 /48 bit kHz, Linear 16 48 biţi kHz, PCM PCM 16 bit Linear Linear PCM
MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/MPEG-2
SVCD, VCD, CD
CD cu DTS Flux
44.1
de biţi
kHz,
DTS
16 bit Linear PCM/48
44,1
kHz,
kHz,
16 bit
16
Linear
biţi PCM
PCM
32/44.1/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM Linear
disc/file CD with DTS DTS bitstream 44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
Disc/fişier în format MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/
32/44,1/48 kHz, 16 biţi PCM Linear
DivX MP3/WMA/WAV/MPEG-1/MPEG-2
MPEG-2
disc/file
32/44.1/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
disc/file with MP2, MP3
32/44.1/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
JPEG files Disc/fişier DivX
32/44,1/48 kHz, 16 biţi PCM Linear
DivX
playback...
disc/file
Playing Back a portable audio device:
t is recommended that
with
cu
MP2,
MP2, you record
MP3
MP3 a file at 640 x 480
32/44.1/48 kHz,
with Dolby Digital
• When Dolby QP Digital Link bitstream fails due to a weak sound signal from the
esolution. (If a file has been recorded at a resolution of
32/44.1/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM 16 bit Linear PCM
cu Dolby Digital AUX jack, Flux Auto de biţi Standby Dolby Digital may turn the 32/44,1/48 System off kHz, even
32/44.1/48 16 biţi if PCM kHz, Linear
ore than ASF 640 disc/file x with 480, Dolby it will Digital take a long time to be shown.)
32 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
Dolby Digital bitstream
his System Disc/fişier can ASF
you can hear the sound from
only baseline JPEG files*.
32 kHz, the 16 speakers.
* While playing some DVDs, digital signals may be emitted at 20 bits or 24 bits (at their original bit
biţi
rate)
PCM
through
Linear
the 16 OPTICAL bit Linear DIGITAL PCM
rogressive ASF JPEG disc/file files* or lossless JPEG files* cannot In such cases, adjust
32 kHz,
the
16
volume
bit Linear
level
PCM
of the component
OUT
e played. * La
terminal
redarea
if
anumitor
the discs
DVD-uri,
are not copy-protected.
în cazul în care discurile louder nu sunt so protejate that the împotriva System can copierii, detect semnalele the sound digitale signal pot fi emise la o rată de
* While 20 sau playing 24 biţi some (la rata DVDs, de transfer digital originală) signals may prin be ieşirea emitted OPTICAL at 20 bits DIGITAL. or 24 bits (at their original bit rate) through the OPTICAL DIGITAL
Baseline JPEG format: Used for digital cameras, properly.
Operating OUT terminal JVC’s if the TVs discs are Using not copy-protected. the Remote
web, etc.
• Control Changing from AUX to another source while QP Link
Progressive Utilizarea JPEG format: televizoarelor Used for web. JVC prin intermediul works will telecomenzii
deactivate QP Link temporarily.
Lossless Operating JPEG format: JVC’s An old TVs type Using and rarely the used Remote In Control
You can use the remote control to operate JVC’s TVs.
this case, the following reactivates QP Link:
Remote control
now.
– Pressing QP LINK on the remote control twice.
his System can playback JPEG files with the extension – Unplug the
Puteţi You TV
component
utiliza can use televizoarele
from
the remote
the AUX
JVC Turn control folosind on/off
jack,
to
then
operate telecomanda. TV.
plug
JVC’s
it
TVs.
ode or
Telecomandă
Remote
control
(regardless of the letter case— in again. TV/VIDEO
Change Turn the on/off input TV. mode.
pper/lower).
• If you press Televizor (Standby/on) to turn the System porniţi/opriţi off or televizorul. if
his System may not playback JPEG files properly if preset Timer turns the System off while Change QP Link the works, input mode.
ey are recorded from a device other than a digital
TV/VIDEO
schimbaţi modul intrare.
TV While holding SHIFT, press...
the System will deactivate QP Link temporarily.
amera.
TV/VIDEOIn such cases, Ţinând the following apăsată tasta reactivates SHIFT, QP apăsaţi... Link:
uring slide-show playback, zoom cannot be operated.
TV
TV– When the sound TV While VOL
VOL signal holding +,–
+, - from SHIFT, Adjust
the AUX press... the
jack reglaţi
volume.
stops nivelul or is too volumului.
MPEG-1/MPEG-2 playback...
he stream format should conform to MPEG system/
TV/VIDEO weak for TV about 30 seconds after the System is turned off.
TV TV CH VOL , +,– Change Adjust
schimbaţi the the channels. volume.
canalele.
– When you turn on the power again.
rogram stream.
TV CH ,
• QP Link may start working when you just plug in the
20 x 576 pixels (25 fps)/720 x 480 pixels (30 fps) is
TV CH , Change the channels.
ecommended TV for CH the highest , resolution.
component to the AUX jack or unplug it. This is not a
his System also supports the resolutions of 352 x 576/ malfunction.
80 x 576/ 352 x 288 pixels (25 fps) and 352 x 480/ 480
480/ 352 x 240 pixels (30 fps).
Daily Operations—Sound & Other Adjustments
he file format should be MP@ML (Main Profile at (see pages 11 to 14)
ain Level)/SP@ML (Simple profile at Main Level)/
Adjusting the Sound:
P@LL (Main Profile at Low Level).
TV VOL
udio streams should conform to MPEG1 Audio layer-2
• This function also affects the sound through the
SHIFT
+,–
r MPEG2 Audio Layer-2.
headphones.
TV VOL
ASF playback...
SHIFT
+,– Changing the Scanning Mode:
his System can play back ASF files with the extension
ode (regardless of the letter case—upper/lower).
his System supports ASF files whose resolution is
38
52 x 288 pixels or less.
ome recorded files may not be able to playback
epending on file characteristics, kind of digital camera/
• You cannot change the scanning mode to progressive in the
following cases:
– When your TV does not support the progressive video
input.
– When you have not connected your TV to the system
38
38

Specifications
Amplifier section—CA-UXG68
Output Power:
120 W (60 W + 60 W) at 6 (10% THD)
Audio Input AUX: 500 mV/50 k(at “AUX LVL1”)
Specificaţii 250 mV/50 k(at “AUX LVL2”)
125 mV/50 k(at “AUX LVL3”)
Secţiunea amplificatorului—CA-UXG68
Digital output: DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT:
Puterea de ieşire:
120
–21
W
dBm
(60
to –15
W +
dBm
60 W)
(660
la 6 Ω
nm
(10%
±30
THD)
nm)
Intrarea Digital audio input: AUX: USB MEMORY 500 mV/50 kΩ (la “AUX
Video Out:
LVL1”(AUX nivel 1))
Color system:
250 PAL mV/50 (interlaced/progressive)
kΩ (la “AUX
Composite video:
LVL2(AUX nivel
1
2))
V(p-p)/75
125 mV/50 kΩ (la “AUX
S-VIDEO: Y (luminance) LVL3”(AUX nivel 13))
V(p-p)/75
Ieşirea digitală: C (chrominance, ieşire DVD OPTICAL burst) DIGITAL: 0.3 V(p-p)/75
RGB: între –21 dBm şi –15 dBm (660 0.7 nm V(p-p)/75 ±30 nm)
Intrarea COMPONENT: digitală: memorie (Y) USB
1 V(p-p)/75
Ieşirea video:
Gamă de culori:
(PB/PR)
PAL (întreţesut/progresiv)
0.7 V(p-p)/75
Semnale Speaker video impedance: compuse:
1 V 6 (p-p), – 75 16 Ω
S-VIDEO: Y (luminozitate) 1 V (p-p), 75 Ω
Tuner sectionC (crominanţă, sincronizarea culorii)
FM tuning range:
87.50 MHz 0,3 V –(p-p), 108.00 75 MHz Ω
RGB: AM (MW) tuning range:
522 0,7 kHz V (p-p), – 1 629 75 ΩkHz
Componentă: (Y) 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
(P B
/P R
) 0,7 V(p-p)/75 Ω
Impedanţă Disc/file difuzoare: player section
6 Ω – 16 Ω
Playable disc: DVD Video/DVD Audio/CD/VCD/SVCD/
Secţiunea radioreceptorului
CD-R/CD-RW (CD/SVCD/VCD/MP3/
Gamă de frecvenţe
WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
FM:
87,50 MHz – 108,00 MHz
Gamă de frecvenţe AM (MW):
522 kHz - 1 629 kHz
DivX format)
Secţiunea redării DVD-R/-RW discului/fişierului (DVD-VR/DVD Video/MP3/
Disc redabil: DVD WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/
Video/DVD Audio/CD/VCD/SVCD/ CD-R/
CD-RW DivX (format format) CD/SVCD/VCD/MP3/ WMA/WAV/
JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/ DivX)
DVD-R/-RW
+R/+RW
(format
(DVD
DVD-VR/DVD
Video/MP3/WMA/WAV/
Video/ MP3/
WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/ JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX DivX) format)
+R/+RW DVD-ROM (format(MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/
DVD Video/MP3/WMA/WAV/
JPEG/MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX)
format)
Playable file:
DVD-ROM
MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
(format MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/
MPEG-1/MPEG-2/ASF/DivX)
Fişier redabil: în format MPEG-2/ASF/DivX MP3/WMA/WAV/JPEG/MPEG-1/
format
Dynamic range: MPEG-2/ASF/DivX
80 dB
Interval Horizontal dinamic: resolution:
500 80 lines dB
Rezoluţie Wow and orizontală: flutter:
Immeasurable 500 linii
Distorsiuni ale sunetului:
sub limitele măsurabile
Informaţii Generalgenerale
Necesar Power de requirement: energie:
AC CA 230 230 V , 50 , 50 Hz Hz
Consum Power de consumption: energie:
125 W (în 125 timpul W (at funcţionării) operation)
13 W (în
13
modul
W (at
aşteptare)
standby)
1 W (când atenuatorul în aşteptare este oprit)
Dimensiuni (aproximativ): 1 W (at 170 standby mm x dimmer 250 OFF x 342 mode) mm
Dimensions (approx.): 170 mm x 250 mm x 342 (L/Î/A) mm
Masă (aproximativ):
(W/H/D) 5 kg
Mass (approx.):
5 kg
Speakers—SP-UXG68
Speaker units: Tweeter: 4 cm cone x 1
Woofer: 12 cm cone x 1
Impedance:
6
Dimensions (approx.): 145 mm x 250 mm x 195 mm
(W/H/D)
Difuzoare—SP-UXG68
Mass (approx.):
2.2 kg each
Unităţi difuzoare: difuzor pentru reproducerea semnalelor
Supplied Accessories de înaltă frecvenţă: con 4 cm x 1
See page 3.
difuzor pentru frecvenţe joase: con 12 cm x 1
Impedanţă:
6 Ω
Dimensiuni (aproximativ): 145 mm x 250 mm x 195 mm
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice. (L/Î/A)
Masă (aproximativ):
2,2 kg fiecare
Accesorii furnizate
• Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”,
Vezi “Pro pagina Logic”, 3. “MLP lossless”, and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
• “DTS” is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc. and
Design-ul şi datele tehnice se pot schimba fără notificare
prealabilă. “DTS2.0+Digital Out” is a trademark of DTS, Inc.
• • Fabricat “Official sub DivX licenţa ® Ultra Dolby Certified Laboratories. product” “Dolby”, “Plays “Pro all versions Logic”, of
“MLP DivX lossless” ® video (including şi simbolul DivX dublu ® D 6) sunt with mărci enhanced înregistrate playback ale of
Dolby DivX Laboratories.
® media files and the DivX ® Media Format” “DivX, DivX
• “DTS” Ultra este Certified, marcă and înregistrată associated a logos DTS, are Inc. trademarks iar “DTS2.0+Digital of DivX, Inc.
Out” and este are used marcă under înregistrată licence.” a DTS, Inc.
• •“Produs Microsoft oficial and DivX® Windows Ultra Media Certified”, are either “Redă registered orice versiune trademarks de or
DivX®
trademarks
video
of
(inclusiv
Microsoft
DivX®
Corporation
6) cu redare
in the
avansată
United
a
States
fişierelor
and/or
media DivX® şi a formatului media DivX® Media Format”,
other countries.
“DivX, DivX Ultra Certified şi logo-urile asociate sunt mărci
• înregistrate USE OF THIS ale DivX, PRODUCT Inc. şi nu IN pot ANY fi utilizate MANNER decât THAT sub licenţă”.
• Microsoft COMPLIES şi Windows WITH THE Media MPEG-4 sunt fie VISUAL mărci înregistrate STANDARD ca IS
atare, PROHIBITED, fie mărci aparţinând EXCEPT companiei FOR USE BY Microsoft A CONSUMER Corporation din
Statele ENGAGING Unite ale IN Americii PERSONAL şi/sau AND din alte NON-COMMERCIAL
ţări.
• ESTE ACTIVITIES. INTERZISĂ UTILIZAREA ACESTUI PRODUS ÎN
• CONFORMITATE This product incorporates CU STANDARDELE copyright protection VIZUALE technology MPEG- that is
4, protected CU EXCEPŢIA by U.S. UTILIZĂRII patents and ACESTUIA other intellectual DE CĂTRE property UN rights.
CLIENT
Use of this
CARE
copyright
DESFĂŞOARĂ
protection
ACTIVITĂŢI
technology must
PERSONALE
be authorized
ŞI
by
NECOMERCIALE.
Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing
• Acest produs conţine tehnologie aflată sub incidenţa drepturilor
de uses autor, only protejată unless otherwise de brevete authorized provenind by din Macrovision. S.U.A. şi alte Reverse
drepturi engineering de proprietate or disassembly intelectuală. is prohibited.
“CONSUMERS Utilizarea <strong>acest</strong>ei SHOULD tehnologii NOTE protejate THAT de drepturile NOT ALL de HIGH autor
DEFINITION trebuie să fie autorizată TELEVISION de Macrovision SETS ARE şi FULLY nu poate COMPATIBLE
fi utilizată
WITH decât în THIS scopuri PRODUCT casnice AND şi alte MAY scopuri CAUSE restrânse, ARTIFACTS cu excepţia TO BE
DISPLAYED altor autorizaţii IN oferite THE de PICTURE. Macrovision. IN CASE Reconfigurarea OF 525 OR şi 625
PROGRESSIVE dezasamblarea sunt SCAN interzise. PICTURE PROBLEMS, IT IS
“CLIENŢII
RECOMMENDED
TREBUIE SĂ
THAT
AIBĂ
THE
ÎN VEDERE
USER SWITCH
FAPTUL
THE
CĂ NU
TOATE TELEVIZOARELE DE ÎNALTĂ DEFINIŢIE SUNT
CONNECTION THE ‘STANDARD DEFINITION’ OUTPUT.
COMPATIBILE ÎN TOTALITATE CU ACEST PRODUS ŞI EXISTĂ
POSIBILITATEA IF THERE ARE CA QUESTIONS IMAGINEA SĂ REGARDING CONŢINĂ ARTEFACTE OUR TV SET . ÎN
CAZUL COMPATIBILITY APARIŢIEI UNOR WITH PROBLEME THIS MODEL LEGATE 525p DE AND SCANAREA 625p DVD
PROGRESIVĂ PLAYER, PLEASE 525 SAU CONTACT 625 A IMAGINILOR, OUR CUSTOMER SE RECOMANDĂ SERVICE
CA CENTER.” UTILIZATORUL SĂ COMUTE CONEXIUNEA LA IEŞIREA
„STANDARD DEFINITION”.
ÎN CAZUL ÎN CARE AVEŢI ÎNTREBĂRI LEGATE DE
COMPATIBILITATEA TELEVIZORULUI NOSTRU CU ACEST
MODEL DE DVD PLAYER 525p ŞI 625p, VĂ RUGĂM SĂ
CONTACTAŢI CENTRUL NOSTRU DE SERVICE PENTRU
CLIENŢI”.
39
39

Indexul Parts pieselor Index
Telecomandă Remote control
Button
Page
AUDIO g 7
TV h 38
7 t 9, 10, 19, 21, 28
¡, 1 u 8, 9, 22, 25
¢ , 4 , 8, 9, 10, 21, 28
8 y 9, 19, 21, 28
, , , ENTER/SET q 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 19, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31
(One-Touch Replay) n 19
3D PHONIC 5 12
AHB PRO ; 11
ANGLE 7 18
AUDIO/MPX o 17
AUDIO VOL + , – Q 7, 12
AUX/TV SOUND b 7, 8
A.STANDBY f 14
BASS/TREBLE E 12
C.VOICE 4 19
CANCEL 9 21, 30
CLOCK/TIMER j 14, 29, 30
DIMMER 3 12
DISPLAY / 14
DVD/AUX LEVEL a 12
DVD/CD 3 r 7, 9, 19, 28
FADE MUTING W 11
FM/PLAY MODE . 8, 20, 21
FM/AM v 7, 8
GROUP/TITLE m 9, 28
GROUP/TITLE SKIP , 9, 28
MENU/PL x 10, 26
Number buttons 1 8, 10, 19, 20, 25, 26
ON SCREEN c 24
PAGE/SUBTITLE i 18
PTY SEARCH x 15
PTY 9 , ( q 15
QP LINK ; 10
REPEAT P 22
REPEAT A-B P 22
RETURN 8 10
SCAN MODE l 13
SET UP w 31
SHIFT s 9 – 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 28, 29, 30, 38
SLEEP 2 14
SLOW 9 , ( u 19
SOUND TURBO II d 11
TA/News/Info w 16
TOP MENU/PG p 10, 26
TV CH 9 , ( q 38
TV VOL + , – Q 38
TV/VIDEO k 38
USB MEMORY 3 e 7, 9, 28
VFP z 13
ZOOM 6 19, 28
Main Unitatea unit centrală
Button
Page
& STANDBY lamp 7 7
7 9 9, 22
0 # 9, 22
3D PHONIC/HP SURROUND ! 12
AUX = 7
AUX jack % 5
Display 2 6
DISPLAY 5 14
DVD/CD #/8 4 7, 9, 28
FM/AM - 8
PHONES 0 7
Remote sensor 1 5
SOUND TURBO II 6 11
TV SOUND ~ 8
¢ UP, DOWN 4 8$ 8, 21
USB MEMORY jack ^ 5
USB MEMORY #/8 3 7, 9, 28
VOLUME + , – @ 11
Telecomandă
Remote control
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
p
q
w
e
r
t
y
u
i
o
;
a
s
d
Unitatea Main unit centrală
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
4
7
2
5
8
10 0
3
6
9
10
f
g
h
j
k
l
/
z
x
c
v
b
n
m
,
.
P
Q
Această This remote telecomandă control poate can also fi utilizată operate şi pentru JVC’s TVs
televizoarele
(see page 38).
JVC (vezi pagina 38).
W
E
-
=
~
!
@
#
$
%
^
40 40

INSTRUCŢIUNI DE SIGURANŢĂ
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
“SOME „CÂTEVA DOS RECOMANDĂRI DON’TS ON PRIVIND THE SAFE UTILIZAREA USE OF EQUIPMENT” SIGURĂ
A ACESTUI ECHIPAMENT”
This equipment has been designed and manufactured to meet international safety standards but, like any electrical
Acest
equipment,
echipament
care
a fost
must
proiectat
be taken
şi fabricat
if you
în
are
conformitate
to obtain
cu
the
standardele
best results
privind
and
siguranţa,
safety
dar,
is
ca
to
la
be
orice
assured.
echipament electric, trebuie
să luaţi anumite măsuri de precauţie în vederea obţinerii de rezultate optime şi a garantării siguranţei.
✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮
Citiţi Do read instrucţiunile the operating de utilizare instructions înainte de a încerca before să you utilizaţi attempt <strong>acest</strong> to echipament. use the equipment.
Asiguraţi-vă Do ensure că that toate all conexiunile electrical electrice connections (incluzând (including cablul de the alimentare, mains plug, cablul prelungitor extension şi leads conexiunile and interconnections dintre componentele between
echipamentului) pieces of equipment) sunt realizate are în properly conformitate made cu instrucţiunile and accordance producătorului. with Deconectaţi the manufacturer’s şi îndepărtaţi instructions. cablul de alimentare Switch când off and realizaţi
sau withdraw schimbaţi the conexiunile. mains plug when making or changing connections.
Consultaţi Do consult dealerul your dumneavoastră dealer if you dacă are ever aveţi întrebări in doubt cu about privire the la instalarea, installation, utilizarea operation şi siguranţa or safety echipamentului of your achiziţionat. equipment.
Protejaţi Do be careful componentele with glass din sticlă panels şi pe cele or doors mobile on ale equipment.
echipamentului.
✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮✮
NU DON’T continuaţi continue să utilizaţi to operate echipamentul the equipment dacă aveţi îndoieli if you cu are privire in la any funcţionarea doubt about normală it working a <strong>acest</strong>uia normally, sau dacă or a fost if it deteriorat is damaged în vreun in
fel, any în way—switch <strong>acest</strong> cazuri opriţi off, unitatea, withdraw îndepărtaţi the mains cablul plug de alimentare and consult şi adresaţi-vă your dealer. unui dealer.
NU DON’T îndepărtaţi remove niciun any capac fixed pentru cover că as astfel this puteţi may fi expose expuşi unei dangerous surse periculoase voltages. de tensiune.
NU DON’T lăsaţi echipamentul leave equipment nesupravegheat switched în on timpul when funcţionării it is unattended <strong>acest</strong>uia, decât unless în cazul it is în specifically care este specificat stated în that mod it clar is designed că <strong>acest</strong>a poate for fi
utilizat
unattended
fără a fi supravegheat
operation or
sau
has
dispune
a standby
de modul
mode.
aşteptare.
Opriţi Switch aparatul off using utilizând the comutatorul switch on prevăzut the equipment în <strong>acest</strong> sens and şi make asiguraţi-vă sure că that toţi your membrii family familiei know sunt how familiarizaţi to do cu this. <strong>acest</strong> aspect.
Pentru Special persoanele arrangements infirme sau may cu handicap need to sunt be made necesare for ajustări infirm speciale. or handicapped people .
NU DON’T utilizaţi use echipamente equipment precum such sistemele as personal audio stereos sau radio or pentru radios a vă so putea that menţine you are atenţia distracted asupra from condusului. the requirements Este ilegal să vizionaţi of traffic
programe safety. It de is televiziune illegal to în watch timp ce television conduceţi un whilst autovehicul. driving.
NU DON’T utilizaţi listen căşti la to volum headphones ridicat; <strong>acest</strong> at high fapt vă volume poate afecta as such permanent use can auzul. permanently damage your hearing.
NU DON’T îngreunaţi obstruct ventilarea the echipamentului ventilation of prin the intermediul equipment, unor for elemente example cum with sunt curtains perdelele or sau soft alte furnishings.
elemente din material textil.
Supraîncălzirea Overheating va will provoca cause deteriorarea damage and echipamentului shorten the şi îi life va scurta of the perioada equipment. de funcţionare.
NU DON’T utilizaţi use suporturi makeshift improvizate stands şi nu and fixaţi NEVER NICIODATĂ fix legs picioarele with cu wood şuruburi screws—to din lemn; pentru ensure a asigura complete siguranţa safety completă, always instalaţi fit the
întotdeauna manufacturer’s suportul approved sau picioarele stand cu dispozitivele or legs with de the fixare fixings furnizate provided conform according instrucţiunilor. to the instructions.
NU expuneţi echipamentelor electrice acţiunii ploii sau umezelii.
DON’T allow electrical equipment to be exposed to rain or moisture.
FOARTE ABOVE IMPORTANT ALL
– Nu permiteţi NICIODATĂ introducerea de obiecte în orificiile, fantele sau alte deschideri ale carcasei, în special de către copii -
– <strong>acest</strong> NEVER lucru poate let anyone, provoca electrocutări especially fatale; children, push anything into holes, slots or any other opening in the case —
– Nu this faceţi could NICIODATĂ result presupuneri in a fatal electrical şi nu vă asumaţi shock.; riscuri când vine vorba de echipamentele electrice de orice tip — este mai bine
– să luaţi NEVER măsuri guess de precauţie or take decât chances să regretaţi with mai electrical târziu! equipment of any kind—it is better to be safe than sorry!
UX-G68 SISTEM MICRO MICROCOMPONENTE
COMPONENT SYSTEM
RO EN
© 2007 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
1206WMKMDCJEM